WO2017126526A1 - Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device - Google Patents

Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017126526A1
WO2017126526A1 PCT/JP2017/001478 JP2017001478W WO2017126526A1 WO 2017126526 A1 WO2017126526 A1 WO 2017126526A1 JP 2017001478 W JP2017001478 W JP 2017001478W WO 2017126526 A1 WO2017126526 A1 WO 2017126526A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
seat side
passenger seat
output shaft
motor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/001478
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
崇文 根木
岡田 真一
圭吾 疋田
翔 鷹野
義久 伴野
Original Assignee
アスモ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2016194923A external-priority patent/JP6790688B2/en
Application filed by アスモ株式会社 filed Critical アスモ株式会社
Priority to DE112017000420.9T priority Critical patent/DE112017000420T5/en
Priority to US16/070,529 priority patent/US10525938B2/en
Priority to CN201780006888.1A priority patent/CN108473110B/en
Publication of WO2017126526A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017126526A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60SSERVICING, CLEANING, REPAIRING, SUPPORTING, LIFTING, OR MANOEUVRING OF VEHICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60S1/00Cleaning of vehicles
    • B60S1/02Cleaning windscreens, windows or optical devices
    • B60S1/04Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers
    • B60S1/06Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers characterised by the drive
    • B60S1/08Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers characterised by the drive electrically driven
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60SSERVICING, CLEANING, REPAIRING, SUPPORTING, LIFTING, OR MANOEUVRING OF VEHICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60S1/00Cleaning of vehicles
    • B60S1/02Cleaning windscreens, windows or optical devices
    • B60S1/04Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers
    • B60S1/06Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers characterised by the drive
    • B60S1/16Means for transmitting drive
    • B60S1/18Means for transmitting drive mechanically
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60SSERVICING, CLEANING, REPAIRING, SUPPORTING, LIFTING, OR MANOEUVRING OF VEHICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60S1/00Cleaning of vehicles
    • B60S1/02Cleaning windscreens, windows or optical devices
    • B60S1/04Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers
    • B60S1/06Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers characterised by the drive
    • B60S1/16Means for transmitting drive
    • B60S1/18Means for transmitting drive mechanically
    • B60S1/24Means for transmitting drive mechanically by rotary cranks
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60SSERVICING, CLEANING, REPAIRING, SUPPORTING, LIFTING, OR MANOEUVRING OF VEHICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60S1/00Cleaning of vehicles
    • B60S1/02Cleaning windscreens, windows or optical devices
    • B60S1/04Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers
    • B60S1/28Wipers or the like, e.g. scrapers characterised by a plurality of wipers

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a vehicle wiper device capable of changing a wiping range and a method for controlling the vehicle wiper device.
  • a wiper device for wiping windshield glass or the like of an automobile has wiper arms 150D and 150P having wiper blades 154D and 154P connected to the front end portions thereof at lower inverted positions P4D and P4P and upper inverted positions.
  • a reciprocating operation is performed between P3D and P3P.
  • the trajectories of the operations of the wiper arms 150D and 150P are substantially arc-shaped around the pivot shafts 152D and 152P of the wiper arms 150D and 150P.
  • the wiping ranges 156D and 156P which are areas where the wiper blades 154D and 154P wipe the windshield glass 1 and the like, have a substantially fan shape centered on the pivot shafts 152D and 152P.
  • the windshield glass 1 on the driver's seat side needs to be wiped preferentially in order to secure the driver's visibility. Further, the windshield glass 1 of an automobile has a substantially isosceles trapezoidal shape. Therefore, in the parallel (tandem) type wiper device in which the two wiper arms 150D and 150P simultaneously rotate in the same direction, when the pivot shafts 152D and 152P are provided below the windshield glass 1, the wiper blade on the driver's seat side is provided.
  • the upper reversal position P3D of 154D is provided in parallel to the leg at a position close to the leg (vertical side of the isosceles trapezoid) 1A on the driver's seat side of the windshield glass 1 exhibiting a substantially isosceles trapezoid.
  • the upper inversion position P3P of the wiper blade 154P on the passenger seat side of the tandem type wiper device is also parallel to the leg 1B on the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1 in order to wipe off the windshield glass 1 on the driver seat side preferentially.
  • the wiping range of the wiper blade 154P is substantially fan-shaped, so when the upper inversion position P3P is provided at the above-described position, the upper corner 1C on the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 is centered. A non-wiping range 158 that is not wiped by the wiper blade 154P is generated.
  • the influence of the non-wiping range 158 is serious, for example, when turning left at an intersection or the like, which may hinder the driver from knowing the presence of a pedestrian.
  • Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-25578 discloses a wiper device that operates a passenger-side wiper blade so that the non-wiping range 158 can be wiped.
  • the wiper blade in operation does not reach the upper part of the windshield glass on the passenger seat side, and does not reach the upper part of the windshield glass on the passenger seat side. Unwiping can occur.
  • the present disclosure provides a window in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured (a state where the vehicle posture is changed to the passenger seat side, in other words, a state where the driver's line of sight is changed to the passenger seat side).
  • a vehicle wiper device for changing a wiping range of a shield glass on the passenger seat side, and a method for controlling the vehicle wiper device.
  • a wiper blade having a first output shaft, reciprocatingly rotating a wiper arm about a fulcrum of the wiper arm by rotation of the first output shaft, and being connected to a distal end portion of the wiper arm.
  • a first motor that performs a reciprocating wiping operation between an upper reversal position and a lower reversal position of the windshield, a second motor that changes a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade, and a rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  • a rotation angle detection unit to detect, and a control unit that controls the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured
  • a vehicle wiper device is provided.
  • the second motor is controlled in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detector in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured.
  • the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is changed, and the wiping range on the passenger seat side of the windshield is changed. If the wide field of view on the passenger seat side is not to be ensured, the wiping range is not changed, so that the vehicle occupant is less likely to feel uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device.
  • a second aspect of the present disclosure further includes a vehicle position measurement unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite in the first aspect, wherein the control unit is calculated by the vehicle position measurement unit.
  • the control unit is calculated by the vehicle position measurement unit.
  • the wiping range can be changed.
  • a third aspect of the present disclosure further includes a vehicle position measurement unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite according to the first aspect, and the control unit includes the vehicle position measurement unit.
  • a route is set in a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the calculated current position and map information, and when there is an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system, a wide passenger seat side
  • the vehicle wiper device determines that the field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  • the wiping range is changed in conjunction with an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system (a left turn instruction for a right-hand drive car or a right turn instruction for a left-hand drive car). Can do.
  • the control unit when the signal input from the direction indicator switch of the vehicle indicates that the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side, the control unit It is a vehicle wiper device that determines that a wide field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  • the wiping range Changes it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting a case where the vehicle turns to the passenger seat side based on the operation of the direction indicator, and the wiping range Changes can be performed.
  • the control unit It is a vehicle wiper device that determines that a wide field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  • the change of the wiping range can be executed.
  • the first aspect further includes a photographing unit that obtains an image ahead of the vehicle, and the control unit extracts a contour of the road from the image obtained by the photographing unit, When the extracted contour indicates bending toward the passenger seat side, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and control of the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft is performed.
  • This is a vehicle wiper device.
  • the wiping range when the road in the traveling direction is curved toward the passenger seat, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed.
  • a seventh aspect of the present application further includes a vehicle speed detection unit that detects the speed of the vehicle in the first to sixth aspects, and the control unit is in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, And when the vehicle speed detected by the said vehicle speed detection part is more than a threshold speed, it is a vehicle wiper apparatus which controls the said 2nd motor according to the rotation angle of a said 1st output shaft.
  • the seventh aspect it is possible to execute a change in the wiping range when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and the vehicle speed is high.
  • the control unit further includes a cleaning liquid ejecting unit that ejects a cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided in the wiper arm, and the control unit has a wide field of view on the passenger seat side.
  • the vehicle wiper device controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft and controls the cleaning liquid ejecting unit to eject the cleaning liquid from the nozzle. It is.
  • Windshield when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, along with the change of the wiping range, by spraying the cleaning liquid from the nozzle provided on the tip side of the wiper arm, Windshield can be cleaned extensively.
  • the photographing unit that acquires image data of the windshield, the window shield is irradiated with infrared rays, and the window is based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays.
  • An optical detection unit that detects deposits on the surface of the shield, and the imaging unit and the optical detection unit are respectively provided on the passenger seat side upper portion of the windshield inside the passenger seat, and the control unit includes Based on the image data acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft It is a wiper device for vehicles which performs control of.
  • the ninth aspect it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured based on the image data of the windshield acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, and the wiping range is changed. Can be executed.
  • a wiper blade having a first output shaft, rotating the wiper arm reciprocally about a fulcrum of the wiper arm by rotation of the first output shaft, and connecting a wiper blade connected to a distal end portion of the wiper arm.
  • the reciprocating rotation of the first output shaft of the first motor that performs the reciprocating wiping operation between the upper reversing position and the lower reversing position of the windshield is started, and the rotation angle detecting unit detects the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  • a second output shaft provided in the second motor in a predetermined direction according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. And starting the rotation of the second output shaft so as to change the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  • the tenth aspect rotates the second output shaft of the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured.
  • the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is changed, and the wiping range of the windshield on the passenger seat side is changed. If the wide field of view on the passenger seat side is not to be ensured, the wiping range is not changed, so that the vehicle occupant is less likely to feel uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device.
  • the vehicle further includes a vehicle position measurement that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite, and starts rotation of the second output shaft. If the current position calculated by measuring the vehicle position is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the window by the wiper blade is A control method for a vehicle wiper device, including changing a wiping range of a shield.
  • the wiping range can be changed.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application further includes performing vehicle position measurement for calculating a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite in the tenth aspect, and starting rotation of the second output shaft.
  • This is an instruction to set a route in a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the current position and map information calculated by measuring the vehicle position, and to turn from the car navigation system toward the passenger seat side
  • the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  • the wiping range is changed in conjunction with an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system (a left turn instruction for a right-hand drive car or a right turn instruction for a left-hand drive car). Can be executed.
  • starting the rotation of the second output shaft indicates that the signal input from the direction indicator switch of the vehicle is bent toward the passenger seat.
  • the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side is to be ensured and changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  • the thirteenth aspect it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side based on the operation of the direction indicator, and the wiping range Changes can be performed.
  • starting the rotation of the second output shaft is that the steering angle toward the passenger seat of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor of the vehicle is greater than or equal to a threshold value.
  • the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  • the fourteenth aspect it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side based on the steering angle of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor.
  • the change of the wiping range can be executed.
  • starting the rotation of the second output shaft includes extracting a contour of a road from an image ahead of the vehicle, and the extracted contour is directed to a passenger seat side.
  • the vehicle wiper apparatus control method including determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is there.
  • the wiping range when the road in the traveling direction is curved toward the passenger seat, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed.
  • the vehicle speed detection for detecting the vehicle speed is further performed, and the rotation of the second output shaft is started on the passenger seat side. Including changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade when it is determined that a wide field of view should be secured and the vehicle speed detected by performing the vehicle speed detection is equal to or higher than a threshold speed.
  • This is a control method for a vehicle wiper device.
  • the wiping range can be changed when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and the vehicle speed is high.
  • the method further includes performing cleaning liquid injection for injecting cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided on the wiper arm, and starting rotation of the second output shaft. Includes changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade and executing the cleaning liquid injection when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. This is a control method.
  • Windshield when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, along with the change of the wiping range, by spraying the cleaning liquid from the nozzle provided on the front end side of the wiper arm, Windshield can be cleaned extensively.
  • starting the rotation of the second output shaft is acquired by a photographing unit provided on an upper side of a passenger seat on the passenger compartment side of the windshield.
  • Windshield image data and provided on the passenger seat side upper part of the windshield, irradiates the windshield with infrared rays, and deposits on the surface of the windshield based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays
  • a vehicle wiper comprising: determining a wide field of view on the passenger seat side based on a detection result of an optical detection unit that detects a vehicle seat; and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade This is a method for controlling the apparatus.
  • the eighteenth aspect it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured based on the image data of the windshield acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, and the wiping range is changed. Can be executed.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the second holder member along the line AA in FIG. 2. It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication.
  • FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram schematically showing a circuit of the wiper system according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • An example of the 2nd output axis rotation angle map which specified the rotation angle of the 2nd output axis according to the rotation angle of the 1st output axis in a 1st embodiment of this indication is shown.
  • It is an example of the bird's-eye view which showed the state in which the vehicle which invaded the intersection is turning left.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a left turn wiping process for detecting a left curve ahead of a vehicle and changing a wiping range on the passenger seat side of a windshield glass in a wiper system according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • It is the schematic which showed an example of the structure of the wiper system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this indication.
  • It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the washer pump which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this indication.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a wiper system 100 including a vehicle wiper device (hereinafter referred to as “wiper device”) 2 according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a wiper system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is for wiping a windshield glass 1 as a “windshield” provided in a vehicle such as a passenger car, for example, and includes a pair of wiper arms (driver seat side wiper arms described later). 17 and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35), the first motor 11, the second motor 12, the control circuit 52, the drive circuit 56, and the washer device 70.
  • FIG. 1 shows the case of a right-hand drive vehicle
  • the right side of the vehicle (left side of FIG. 1) is the driver's seat side
  • the left side of the vehicle (right side of FIG. 1) is the passenger seat side.
  • the left side of the vehicle (right side in FIG. 1) is the driver's seat side
  • the right side of the vehicle (left side in FIG. 1) is the passenger seat side.
  • the configuration of the wiper device 2 is opposite to the left and right.
  • the first motor 11 reciprocates each of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 on the windshield glass 1 by rotating the output shaft forward and backward within a range of a predetermined rotation angle. It is a driving source.
  • the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 operates so that the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the upper inversion position P1D from the lower inversion position P2D.
  • the wiper arm 35 operates so that the passenger-side wiper blade 36 wipes the upper inversion position P1P from the lower inversion position P2P.
  • the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 When the first motor 11 rotates in the reverse direction, the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 operates so that the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the upper inverted position P1D to the lower inverted position P2D, and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35
  • the passenger-side wiper blade 36 operates so as to wipe from the upper inversion position P1P to the lower inversion position P2P.
  • the outer edge portion of the windshield glass 1 is a light shielding portion 1A coated with a ceramic black pigment in order to block visible light and ultraviolet rays.
  • the black pigment is applied to the outer edge of the windshield glass 1 on the vehicle interior side, and then melted by being heated at a predetermined temperature, and is fixed on the vehicle interior side surface of the windshield glass 1.
  • the windshield glass 1 is fixed to the vehicle body by an adhesive applied to the outer edge portion.
  • the light shielding portion 1A that does not transmit ultraviolet rays is provided at the outer edge portion, so that the adhesive by ultraviolet rays is provided. Suppresses deterioration.
  • first predetermined rotation angle a predetermined rotation angle
  • the second motor 12 is positive at a rotation angle from 0 ° to a predetermined rotation angle (hereinafter referred to as “second predetermined rotation angle”) of an output shaft of the second motor 12 (second output shaft 12A described later).
  • second predetermined rotation angle a predetermined rotation angle
  • This is a drive source that apparently extends the wiper arm 35 on the passenger seat side by rotating and reversely rotating.
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is apparently extended upward on the passenger seat side, and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 wipes the wiping range Z2.
  • the magnitude of the second predetermined rotation angle it is possible to change the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 extends. For example, if the second predetermined rotation angle is increased, the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 extends is increased, and if the second predetermined rotation angle is decreased, the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is extended is decreased.
  • the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are motors that can control the rotation direction of each output shaft to forward rotation and reverse rotation, and can also control the rotation speed of each output shaft. Either a DC motor or a brushless DC motor.
  • a control circuit 52 for controlling each rotation is connected to the first motor 11 and the second motor 12.
  • the control circuit 52 includes, for example, an absolute angle sensor (not shown) as a “rotation angle detector” provided near the output shaft ends of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12.
  • the duty ratio of the voltage applied to each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 based on the detected rotation direction, rotation position, rotation speed, and rotation angle of the output shaft of each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12. Is calculated.
  • the voltage applied to each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 is a pulse width that modulates the voltage (approximately 12V) of the on-vehicle battery as a power source by turning on and off the switching element by a switching element.
  • Generated by modulation PWM
  • the duty ratio is a ratio of the time of one pulse generated when the switching element is turned on with respect to one period of a waveform of a voltage generated by PWM.
  • One period of the waveform of the voltage generated by PWM is the sum of the time of the one pulse described above and the time during which the switching element is turned off and no pulse is generated.
  • the drive circuit 56 turns on and off switching elements in the drive circuit 56 in accordance with the duty ratio calculated by the control circuit 52 to generate voltages to be applied to the first motor 11 and the second motor 12, and the generated voltages are supplied to the first circuit. The voltage is applied to each winding terminal of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12.
  • each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 has a speed reduction mechanism composed of a worm gear
  • the rotation direction, the rotation speed, and the rotation angle of each output shaft are the first
  • the rotation speed and rotation angle of the motor 11 main body and the second motor 12 main body are not the same.
  • each motor and each speed reduction mechanism are inseparably configured. Therefore, hereinafter, the rotation speed and the rotation angle of each output shaft of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are expressed as follows. The rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle of each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are considered.
  • the absolute angle sensor is provided, for example, in each speed reduction mechanism of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12, and converts the magnetic field (magnetic force) of an excitation coil or a magnet that rotates in conjunction with each output shaft into a current. It is a sensor to detect, for example, a magnetic sensor such as an MR sensor.
  • the control circuit 52 determines the position of the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 on the windshield glass 1 from the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 detected by an absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the first motor.
  • a computable microcomputer 58 is provided. The microcomputer 58 controls the drive circuit 56 so that the rotational speed of the output shaft of the first motor 11 changes according to the calculated position.
  • the microcomputer 58 detects the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 detected by the absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the first motor on the windshield glass 1 of the passenger side wiper blade 36. The position is calculated, and the drive circuit 56 is controlled so that the rotational speed of the output shaft of the second motor 12 changes according to the calculated position. Further, the microcomputer 58 calculates the degree of extension of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 from the rotation angle of the output shaft of the second motor 12 detected by the absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the second motor 12.
  • the control circuit 52 is provided with a memory 60 that is a storage device that stores data and programs used to control the drive circuit 56.
  • the memory 60 stores the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 according to the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 indicating the positions of the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 on the windshield glass 1. Data and a program for calculating the rotation speed and the like (including the rotation angle) of each output shaft are stored.
  • the microcomputer 58 is connected to a vehicle ECU (Electronic Control Unit) 90 that controls the vehicle engine and the like. Further, the vehicle ECU 90 includes a wiper switch 50, a direction indicator switch 54, a washer switch 62, a rain sensor 76, a vehicle speed sensor 92 for detecting the vehicle speed, an in-vehicle camera 94 for photographing the front of the vehicle, a GPS (Global Positioning System). ) A device 96 and a steering angle sensor 98 are connected.
  • a vehicle ECU Electronic Control Unit
  • the vehicle ECU 90 includes a wiper switch 50, a direction indicator switch 54, a washer switch 62, a rain sensor 76, a vehicle speed sensor 92 for detecting the vehicle speed, an in-vehicle camera 94 for photographing the front of the vehicle, a GPS (Global Positioning System). )
  • a device 96 and a steering angle sensor 98 are connected.
  • the wiper switch 50 is a switch that turns on or off the power supplied from the vehicle battery to the first motor 11.
  • the wiper switch 50 is a low-speed operation mode selection position for operating the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 at a low speed, a high-speed operation mode selection position for operating at a high speed, and an intermittent operation that operates intermittently at a constant cycle.
  • the mode selection position can be switched to an AUTO (auto) operation mode selection position and a storage (stop) mode selection position that are operated when the rain sensor 76 detects raindrops. Further, a signal corresponding to the selected position of each mode is output to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90.
  • the microcomputer 58 controls the memory 60 to control corresponding to the output signal from the wiper switch 50. This is done using stored data and programs.
  • the wiper switch 50 may be separately provided with a change mode switch for changing the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 to the wiping range Z2.
  • a change mode switch for changing the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 to the wiping range Z2.
  • a predetermined signal is input to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90.
  • the second motor 12 is configured to wipe the wiping range Z2.
  • the direction indicator switch 54 is a switch for instructing the operation of a vehicle direction indicator (not shown).
  • a signal for turning on the right or left direction indicator is operated to the vehicle ECU 90 by a driver's operation. Output.
  • the vehicle ECU 90 causes the right or left direction indicator lamp to blink based on the signal output from the direction indicator switch 54.
  • a signal output from the direction indicator switch 54 is also input to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90.
  • the washer switch 62 is a switch for turning on or off the power supplied from the battery of the vehicle to the washer motor 64, the first motor 11 and the second motor 12.
  • the washer switch 62 is provided integrally with an operating means such as a lever provided with the wiper switch 50 described above, and is turned on by an operation such as pulling the lever or the like by a passenger.
  • the microcomputer 58 operates the washer motor 64 and the first motor 11.
  • the wiper blade 36 on the passenger side wipes from the lower reverse position P2P to the upper reverse position P1P
  • the microcomputer 58 wipes the wiper blade 36 from the upper reverse position P1P so as to wipe the wiping range Z2.
  • the second motor 12 is controlled so as to wipe the wiping range Z1. With this control, the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 can be wiped widely.
  • the washer pump 66 While the washer switch 62 is on, the washer pump 66 is driven by the rotation of the washer motor 64 provided in the washer device 70.
  • the washer pump 66 pumps the washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 to the driver side hose 72A or the passenger side hose 72B.
  • the driver seat side hose 72A is connected to a driver seat side nozzle 74A provided below the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1.
  • the passenger seat side hose 72B is connected to a passenger seat side nozzle 74B provided below the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side.
  • the pumped washer liquid is sprayed onto the windshield glass 1 from the driver seat side nozzle 74A and the passenger seat side nozzle 74B.
  • the washer liquid adhering to the windshield glass 1 is wiped together with dirt on the windshield glass 1 by the operating driver side wiper blade 18 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36.
  • the microcomputer 58 controls the washer motor 64 so that it operates only while the washer switch 62 is on. Further, the microcomputer 58 controls the first motor 11 so that the operation continues until the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reach the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P even when the washer switch 62 is turned off. Control. Further, when the washer switch 62 is turned off when the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 are wiped toward the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P, the microcomputer 58 The second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 until the wiper blade 18 and the passenger side wiper blade 36 reach the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P by the rotation of the first motor 11.
  • the rain sensor 76 is, for example, a kind of optical sensor provided on the vehicle interior side of the windshield glass 1 and detects water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1.
  • the rain sensor 76 includes an LED that is an infrared light emitting element, a photodiode that is a light receiving element, a lens that forms an infrared optical path, and a control circuit.
  • the infrared rays emitted from the LED are totally reflected by the windshield glass 1, but if there are water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1, some of the infrared rays are transmitted through the water droplets and emitted to the outside.
  • the amount of reflection decreases.
  • the amount of light entering the photodiode that is the light receiving element is reduced. Based on the decrease in the amount of light, water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1 are detected.
  • the vehicle speed sensor 92 is a sensor that detects the rotational speed of the vehicle wheel and outputs a signal indicating the rotational speed.
  • the vehicle ECU 90 calculates the vehicle speed from the signal output from the vehicle speed sensor 92 and the circumference of the wheel.
  • the in-vehicle camera 94 is a device that captures the front of the vehicle and acquires moving image data.
  • the vehicle ECU 90 can determine whether the vehicle is approaching a curve or the like by performing image processing on moving image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94. Further, the vehicle ECU 90 can calculate the brightness in front of the vehicle from the luminance of the moving image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94.
  • the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 are provided at a position corresponding to the center upper portion of the windshield glass 1 on the vehicle interior side, and more specifically, provided on the back side of the rearview mirror or the like (not shown). ) There are many cases. However, in the present embodiment, the position of the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 is not limited to the upper center of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger compartment side, but is set on the passenger seat side upper portion of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger compartment side. Also good.
  • the non-wiping range X in FIG. 20 is an area that exists in the wiping range Z2 when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is extended, but outside the wiping range Z1 when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is not extended. .
  • the microcomputer 58 may control the second motor 12 to wipe the wiping range Z2 when the rain sensor 76 detects water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1, for example, the non-wiping range X.
  • the microcomputer 58 may control the second motor 12 to wipe the wiping range Z2 based on the pixel feature amount of the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94. For example, the microcomputer 58 wipes when the difference between the image feature amount of the wiping range Z1 of the windshield glass 1 and the image feature amount of the non-wiping range X in the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94 is equal to or larger than a predetermined value. The second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the range Z2.
  • the image feature amount is, for example, a luminance value
  • the microcomputer 58 adheres to the non-wiping range X when the difference between the luminance value of the wiping range Z1 and the luminance value of the non-wiping range X becomes a predetermined value or more.
  • the second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2.
  • the image feature amount is an optical flow indicating a motion vector of the front end portion of the passenger-side wiper blade 36, and the microcomputer 58 has a predetermined amount of change in the motion vector of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 indicated by the optical flow.
  • the second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 on the assumption that snow is present on the windshield glass 1.
  • the GPS device is a device that calculates the current position of the vehicle based on a positioning signal received from a GPS satellite in the sky.
  • the GPS device 96 dedicated to the wiper system 100 is used.
  • the other GPS device may be used.
  • the steering angle sensor 98 is a sensor that is provided on a rotation shaft (not shown) of the steering as an example and detects the rotation angle of the steering.
  • the wiper device 2 has a plate-like central frame 3 and one end fixed to the central frame 3, and both sides of the central frame 3 in the vehicle width direction.
  • a pair of pipe frames 4 and 5 are provided.
  • a first holder member 6 including a driver seat side pivot shaft 15 of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the like is formed at the other end portion of the pipe frame 4.
  • the second holder member 7 provided with the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 and the like is formed at the other end portion of the pipe frame 5.
  • the wiper device 2 is supported on the vehicle by a support portion 3A provided on the central frame 3, and each of the fixing portion 6A of the first holder member 6 and the fixing portion 7A of the second holder member 7 is attached to the vehicle by a bolt or the like. By being fastened, it is fixed to the vehicle.
  • the wiper device 2 includes a first motor 11 and a second motor 12 for driving the wiper device 2 on the back surface (the surface facing the passenger compartment side) of the central frame 3.
  • the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 passes through the central frame 3 and protrudes from the surface of the central frame 3 (surface on the outside of the vehicle), and a first drive crank arm is provided at the tip of the first output shaft 11A.
  • One end of 13 is fixed.
  • the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 passes through the central frame 3 and protrudes from the surface of the central frame 3, and one end of the second drive crank arm 14 is fixed to the tip of the second output shaft 12A.
  • a driver seat side pivot shaft 15 is rotatably supported by the first holder member 6, and one end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 is provided at the base end portion (the back side in FIG. 2) of the driver seat side pivot shaft 15.
  • the arm head of the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 is fixed to the tip of the driver's seat side pivot shaft 15 (front side in FIG. 2).
  • a driver seat side wiper blade 18 for wiping the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1 is connected to the tip of the driver seat side wiper arm 17.
  • the other end of the first drive crank arm 13 and the other end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 are connected via a first connecting rod 19.
  • the driver seat side swing lever 16 rotates, and the rotational force is transmitted to the driver seat side swing lever 16 via the first connecting rod 19, and the driver seat side swing lever 16. Sway.
  • the driver seat side wiper arm 17 is also swung, and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the wiping range H1 between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the second holder member 7 taken along line AA in FIG.
  • the first holder seat side pivot shaft 21 is supported on the second holder member 7 so as to be rotatable about the first axis L1
  • the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is secondly supported. It is supported so as to be rotatable about the axis L2.
  • the first axis L1 and the second axis L2 are arranged on the same straight line L (concentric).
  • FIG. 3 shows a state where the waterproof cover K shown in FIG. 2 and FIGS. 4 to 8 is removed.
  • the cylindrical part 7B is formed in the second holder member 7, and the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 is rotatably supported via a bearing 23 on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical part 7B.
  • the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is rotatably supported via a bearing 24 on the inner peripheral side of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21. .
  • first passenger seat side swing lever 25 is fixed to the base end portion of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21, and the first drive lever 26 has a first drive lever 26 attached to the distal end portion of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21. One end is fixed.
  • the other end of the first passenger seat side swing lever 25 and the other end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 are connected by a second connecting rod 27. Accordingly, when the first motor 11 is driven and the driver's seat side swing lever 16 is pivoted, the second connecting rod 27 transmits the driving force to the first passenger's seat side swing lever 25 and the first passenger seat side swing lever. 25, the first drive lever 26 is swung (rotated) around the first axis L1.
  • the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is formed longer than the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21, and the base end portion and the distal end portion of the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are the first.
  • One end of a second passenger seat side swinging lever 28 is fixed to the base end portion of the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 so as to protrude in the axial direction from the passenger seat side pivot shaft 21.
  • One end of the second drive lever 29 is fixed to the tip portion.
  • the other end of the second drive crank arm 14 and the other end of the second passenger seat side swing lever 28 are connected by a third connecting rod 31. Therefore, when the second motor 12 is driven, the second drive crank arm 14 rotates, and the third connecting rod 31 transmits the driving force of the second drive crank arm 14 to the second passenger seat side swing lever 28.
  • the second drive lever 29 is swung (rotated) together with the second passenger seat-side rocking lever 28.
  • the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are provided coaxially, but the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are not mutually connected.
  • the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are not interlocked and rotate independently of each other.
  • the wiper device 2 includes a first driven lever having a base end portion coupled to a third axis L3 on the other end side of the first drive lever 26 so as to be rotatable. 32.
  • the wiper device 2 has a base end portion coupled to be rotatable about a fourth axis L4 on the distal end side of the first driven lever 32 and a fifth axis L5 on the other end side of the second drive lever 29.
  • An arm head 33 which is a second driven lever having a distal end connected to be rotatable about the center is provided.
  • the arm head 33 constitutes a passenger-side wiper arm 35 together with a retainer 34 whose base end is fixed to the distal end of the arm head 33.
  • a front passenger side wiper blade 36 for wiping the front passenger side of the windshield glass 1 is connected to the front end of the front passenger side wiper arm 35.
  • the first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 have a length from the first axis L1 (second axis L2) to the third axis L3, and from the fourth axis L4 to the fifth. It connects so that the length to the axis line L5 may become the same.
  • the first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 have a length from the third axis L3 to the fourth axis L4, and the first axis L1 (second axis L2) to the fifth. It connects so that the length to the axis line L5 may become the same.
  • first drive lever 26 and the arm head 33 are kept parallel, and the second drive lever 29 and the first driven lever 32 are kept parallel.
  • the first drive lever 26 and the second drive lever 29, the 1st driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 comprise the link mechanism of a substantially parallelogram shape.
  • the fifth axis L5 is a fulcrum when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 operates.
  • the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is rotated about the fifth axis L5 by the driving force of the first motor 11 to windshield glass. Reciprocates on 1.
  • the second motor 12 passes the fifth axis L5 through a substantially parallelogram link mechanism including the first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33.
  • the windshield glass 1 is moved more than in the case of FIGS.
  • the passenger side wiper arm 35 is apparently extended. Accordingly, when the second motor 12 is operated together with the first motor 11, the passenger side wiper blade 36 wipes the wiping range Z2.
  • the fifth axis L5 starts from the position shown in FIGS. 2, 7, and 8 (hereinafter referred to as “first position”). It does n’t move. Accordingly, the passenger side wiper arm 35 operates between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P while drawing a substantially arc-shaped locus around the fifth axis L5 whose position does not change, and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 The substantially fan-shaped wiping range Z1 is wiped.
  • the wiping range Z2 is wiped when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 moves from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P.
  • the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are each controlled.
  • the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are respectively controlled so as to wipe the wiping range Z1 when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 reversed at the upper reversing position P1P moves toward the lower reversing position P2P.
  • the wiping range Z2 is wiped in the forward movement and the wiping range Z1 is wiped in the backward movement.
  • the wiping range Z1 is wiped in the forward movement and the wiping range Z2 is wiped in the backward movement.
  • a wide range of windshield glass 1 can be wiped off.
  • the wiping range Z2 may be wiped at the time of forward movement and backward movement.
  • the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17 and the driver-seat-side wiper blade 18 only operate around the driver-seat-side pivot shaft 15 according to the rotation of the first motor 11.
  • the operation of the passenger side wiper blade 36 will be described in detail.
  • FIG. 2 shows a state in which the passenger-side wiper blade 36 is positioned at the lower inversion position P2P, and the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is in the stop position.
  • the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates in the rotation direction CC1 shown in FIG.
  • the first drive lever 26 starts rotating
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 starts rotating around the fifth axis L5.
  • the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 also starts to rotate in the rotational direction CC2 shown in FIG.
  • the rotation in the rotation direction CC1 of the first output shaft 11A and the rotation in the rotation direction CC2 of the second output shaft 12A are defined as positive rotations in the respective output shafts.
  • FIG. 4 shows a state where the passenger-side wiper blade 36 wipes the windshield glass 1 halfway (approximately 1/4 of the forward travel).
  • the driving force generated by the rotation of the second motor 12 in the rotation direction CC ⁇ b> 2 is transmitted to the second drive lever 29.
  • the second drive lever 29 to which the driving force of the second motor 12 is transmitted operates in the operation direction CW3, and the fifth axis L5, which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is located above the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1. Move towards.
  • FIG. 5 shows that when the first output shaft 11A is rotated to an intermediate rotation angle between 0 ° and the first predetermined angle, the first drive lever 26 is further rotated, and the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is in the lower inverted position. A case is shown in which a substantially intermediate point of the stroke (forward stroke) between P2P and the upper reversal position P1P is reached.
  • the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is also rotated to the second predetermined rotation angle in the rotation direction CC2 shown in FIG.
  • the fifth axis L5 which is the fulcrum of the passenger-side wiper arm 35, is connected to the second drive crank arm 14, the third connecting rod 31, the second The passenger seat side swing lever 28 and the second drive lever 29 are lifted to the uppermost position (second position).
  • the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved to a position near the upper corner of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side, as shown in FIG.
  • the intermediate rotation angle described above is about half of the first predetermined rotation angle, but is set individually according to the shape of the windshield glass 1 and the like.
  • the second position is a position at which the fifth axis L5 is arranged at the uppermost position at each change rate.
  • the second position is determined when the first output shaft 11A is between 0 ° and the first predetermined angle when the passenger-side wiper blade wipes a range wider than the wiping range Z1 (for example, the wiping range Z2). This is the position at which the fifth axis L5 is arranged when rotated to the intermediate rotation angle.
  • FIG. 6 shows that when the first drive lever 26 is further rotated, the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reaches approximately 3/4 of the stroke (forward stroke) between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P. Shows the case.
  • the rotation direction of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 is the same as that of FIGS. 4 and 5, but the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is opposite to the case of FIGS. It rotates in the rotation direction CW2 (reverse rotation).
  • the second drive lever 29 operates in the operation direction CC3
  • the fifth axis L5 which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is moved downward from the second position.
  • the front passenger side wiper blade 36 moves on the windshield glass 1 while wiping the wiping range Z2 while drawing the locus indicated by the broken line above the wiping range Z2 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 shows a case where the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates forward to the first predetermined rotation angle and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 rotates reversely at the second predetermined rotation angle. Yes. Since the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 in the forward rotation is maximized, the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 reach the upper inversion position P1D. Further, the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is reversed at the second predetermined rotation angle from the state shown in FIG. 5 (the state where the second output shaft 12A has reached the second predetermined rotation angle by forward rotation).
  • the fifth axis L5 which is the fulcrum of the passenger-side wiper arm 35, is at the first position, which is the position before the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 shown in FIG. I'm back.
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reach the same upper inversion position P1P as the wiping range Z1 when the second motor 12 is not driven.
  • FIG. 8 shows a state in which the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 and the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 and the passenger's seat side wiper arm 35 and the passenger's seat side wiper blade 36 move from the upper inverted positions P1D and P1P to the lower inverted positions P2D and P2P.
  • the state (return stroke) is shown.
  • the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates in the reverse direction, and rotates in the rotation direction CW1 in the reverse direction to the case of FIGS.
  • the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 does not rotate, and therefore the fifth axis L5, which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, does not move from the first position, so the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 does not move.
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 draws a substantially arc-shaped locus.
  • the passenger side wiper blade 36 connected to the front end of the passenger side wiper arm 35 wipes the wiping range Z1.
  • FIG. 9 is a circuit diagram schematically showing a circuit of the wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the wiper system 100 includes a control circuit 52 and a drive circuit 56.
  • control circuit 52 includes the microcomputer 58 and the memory 60.
  • the microcomputer 58 includes a wiper switch 50, a direction indicator switch 54, a washer switch 62, a vehicle ECU 90 (not shown), A rain sensor 76, a vehicle speed sensor 92, an in-vehicle camera 94, a GPS device 96, and a steering angle sensor 98 are connected to each other.
  • the drive circuit 56 includes a first pre-driver 104 and a first motor drive circuit 108 for driving the first motor 11, and a second pre-driver 106 and a second motor drive circuit 110 for driving the second motor 12. ing.
  • the drive circuit 56 includes a relay drive circuit 78, an FET drive circuit 80, and a washer motor drive circuit 57 for driving the washer motor 64.
  • the microcomputer 58 of the control circuit 52 rotates the first motor 11 via the second pre-driver 106 by turning on and off the switching elements constituting the first motor driving circuit 108 via the first pre-driver 104.
  • the rotation of the second motor 12 is controlled by turning on and off the switching elements of the two-motor drive circuit 110.
  • the microcomputer 58 controls the rotation of the washer motor 64 by controlling the relay drive circuit 78 and the FET drive circuit 80.
  • the first motor drive circuit 108 and the second motor drive circuit 110 each include four switching elements.
  • the switching element is, for example, an N-type FET (field effect transistor).
  • the first motor drive circuit 108 includes FETs 108A to 108D.
  • the FET 108 ⁇ / b> A has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source connected to one end of the first motor 11.
  • the FET 108 ⁇ / b> B has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source connected to the other end of the first motor 11.
  • the FET 108C has a drain connected to one end of the first motor 11, a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source grounded.
  • the FET 108D has a drain connected to the other end of the first motor 11, a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source grounded.
  • the first pre-driver 104 controls driving of the first motor 11 by switching a control signal supplied to the gates of the FETs 108A to 108D in accordance with a control signal from the microcomputer 58. That is, when the first pre-driver 104 rotates the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the first pre-driver 104 turns on the set of the FET 108A and the FET 108D and the first output of the first motor 11 When rotating the shaft 11A in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction (reverse rotation), the set of the FET 108B and the FET 108C is turned on. Further, the first pre-driver 104 performs PWM for intermittently turning on and off the FET 108A and the FET 108D based on a control signal from the microcomputer 58.
  • the first pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed of the first motor 11 in the forward rotation by changing the duty ratio related to the on / off of the FET 108A and the FET 108D by PWM. If the duty ratio is increased, the effective value of the voltage applied to the terminal of the first motor 11 during forward rotation is increased, and the rotation speed of the first motor 11 is increased.
  • the first pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed in the reverse rotation of the first motor 11 by changing the duty ratio related to on / off of the FET 108B and the FET 108C by PWM. If the duty ratio increases, the effective value of the voltage applied to the terminal of the first motor 11 during reverse rotation increases, and the rotation speed of the first motor 11 increases.
  • the second motor drive circuit 110 includes FETs 110A to 110D.
  • the FET 110 ⁇ / b> A has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source connected to one end of the second motor 12.
  • the FET 110 ⁇ / b> B has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source connected to the other end of the second motor 12.
  • the FET 110C has a drain connected to one end of the second motor 12, a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source grounded.
  • the FET 110D has a drain connected to the other end of the second motor 12, a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source grounded.
  • the second pre-driver 106 controls the driving of the second motor 12 by switching the control signal supplied to the gates of the FETs 110A to 110D in accordance with the control signal from the microcomputer 58. That is, when the second pre-driver 106 rotates the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the second pre-driver 106 turns on the set of the FET 110A and the FET 110D and outputs the second output of the second motor 12. When rotating the shaft 12A in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction (reverse rotation), the set of the FET 110B and the FET 110C is turned on.
  • the second pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed of the second motor 12 by performing PWM like the first pre-driver 104 described above based on the control signal from the microcomputer 58.
  • a two-pole sensor magnet 112A is fixed to the output shaft end portion 112 of the first output shaft 11A in the speed reduction mechanism of the first motor 11, and a first absolute angle sensor 114 is provided so as to face the sensor magnet 112A. ing.
  • a two-pole sensor magnet 116A is fixed to the output shaft end portion 116 of the second output shaft 12A in the speed reduction mechanism of the second motor 12, and a second absolute angle sensor 118 is provided so as to face the sensor magnet 116A. ing.
  • the first absolute angle sensor 114 detects the magnetic field of the sensor magnet 112A
  • the second absolute angle sensor 118 detects the magnetic field of the sensor magnet 116A, and outputs a signal corresponding to the detected magnetic field strength.
  • the microcomputer 58 determines the rotational angle and rotational position of each of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 based on the signals output from the first absolute angle sensor 114 and the second absolute angle sensor 118, respectively. The rotation direction and the rotation speed are calculated.
  • the position between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 can be calculated. Further, from the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12, the degree of apparent extension (degree of change) of the passenger side wiper arm 35 can be calculated.
  • the microcomputer 58 determines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A based on the position between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat wiper blade 18 calculated from the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A. By controlling the above, the operations of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are synchronized.
  • the position (or the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A) between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is stored in advance, and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is controlled according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A according to the map.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of a second output shaft rotation angle map that defines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A in the present embodiment.
  • the horizontal axis in FIG. 10 is the first output shaft rotation angle ⁇ A that is the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A
  • the vertical axis is the second output shaft rotation angle ⁇ B that is the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A.
  • the origin O in FIG. 10 shows a state in which the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is at the lower inversion position P2P.
  • Theta 1 of FIG. 10 the first output shaft 11A is in the first rotation predetermined rotation angle theta 1, passenger side wiper blade 36 indicates a state in which the upper reversal position P1P.
  • the microcomputer 58 detects the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A detected by the first absolute angle sensor 114 and the second output shaft. Check the rotation angle map. With this collation, the second output shaft rotation angle ⁇ B corresponding to the first output shaft rotation angle ⁇ A detected by the first absolute angle sensor 114 is calculated from the angle indicated by the curve 190 in FIG. so that the second output shaft rotation angle theta B controls the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12.
  • the microcomputer 58 determines that the first absolute angle sensor 114 starts to change the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 from 0 ° in the positive rotation direction. It is determined that the blade 36 has started to move from the lower inversion position P2P, and the second output shaft 12A starts to rotate forward. As described above, the microcomputer 58 determines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A corresponding to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A using the second output shaft rotation angle map. 2 The rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is monitored based on the signal from the absolute angle sensor 118, and the rotation of the second motor 12 is controlled so as to be the rotation angle determined using the second output shaft rotation angle map. .
  • the first output shaft rotation angle ⁇ A becomes an intermediate rotation angle ⁇ m between 0 ° and the first predetermined rotation angle ⁇ 1.
  • the rotation angle in the forward rotation of the second output shaft 12A is set to be a second predetermined rotational angle theta 2.
  • the fifth axis L5 which is the fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is positioned above the passenger seat side on the windshield glass 1 ( To the second position).
  • the rotation angle in the forward rotation of the second output shaft 12A reaches a second predetermined rotational angle theta 2, in accordance with the second output shaft rotation angle map, reduces the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A.
  • the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A reaches the first predetermined rotational angle theta 1
  • the second output shaft 12A second predetermined rotation until the passenger's side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper reversal position P1P
  • the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is reduced to 0 °.
  • the fifth axis L5 that is the fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is returned to the original position (first position).
  • the wiping range Z2 is wiped while the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P.
  • the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A is reversed from 0 ° by the first absolute angle sensor 114.
  • the change starts in the rotation direction it is determined that the passenger-side wiper blade 36 has started to move from the upper reversal position P1P, and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 starts to rotate forward.
  • the second output shaft rotation angle map shown in FIG. 10 is has a symmetrical curve 190 by an intermediate rotation angle theta m to the shaft, but is not limited thereto. The curve of the map is set individually according to the shape of the windshield glass 1 and the like.
  • the microcomputer 58 wipes the wiper blade based on the position of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D and the degree of change in the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35. It is also possible to perform control such as changing the speed.
  • control such as changing the speed.
  • the second predetermined rotation angle which is the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A
  • the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A is gradually reduced as the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 approaches the intermediate rotation angle.
  • the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A reaches the intermediate rotation angle, that is, when the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is extended to the maximum, control is performed so that the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A is minimized.
  • a map (not shown) of the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A defined according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A is used for controlling the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A.
  • the rotational speed of the second output shaft 12A is also controlled in accordance with the rotational speed of the first output shaft 11A. For example, if the second output shaft rotation angle map as shown in FIG. 10 is used, the rotation of the second output shaft 12A can be synchronized with the rotation of the first output shaft 11A.
  • the rotation speed of the second output shaft 12A can also be controlled.
  • the speed at which the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is extended and the wiping speed of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 can be alleviated, and the possibility that the passenger feels a sense of incongruity that the passenger-side wiper arm 35 has expanded rapidly is reduced. it can.
  • the washer motor drive circuit 57 includes a relay unit 84 incorporating two relays RLY1 and RLY2, and two FETs 86A and 86B.
  • the relay coils of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 of the relay unit 84 are connected to the relay drive circuit 78, respectively.
  • the relay drive circuit 78 switches the relays RLY1 and RLY2 on and off (excitation / excitation stop of the relay coil). When the relay coils are not excited, the relays RLY1 and RLY2 maintain the state in which the common terminals 84C1 and 84C2 are connected to the first terminals 84A1 and 84A2 (off state), respectively, and the relay coils are excited.
  • the common terminals 84C1 and 84C2 are switched to the state of connecting to the second terminals 84B1 and 84B2, respectively.
  • the common terminal 84C1 of the relay RLY1 is connected to one end of the washer motor 64, and the common terminal 84C2 of the relay RLY2 is connected to the other end of the washer motor 64.
  • the first terminals 84A1 and 84A2 of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 are connected to the drain of the FET 86B, and the second terminals 84B1 and 84B2 of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 are connected to the power source (+ B).
  • the FET 86B has a gate connected to the FET drive circuit 80 and a source grounded. The duty ratio related to the on / off of the FET 86B is controlled by the FET drive circuit 80.
  • An FET 86A is provided between the drain of the FET 86B and the power source (+ B). The FET 86A is provided for the purpose of using a parasitic diode for absorbing a surge without switching on and off because no control signal is input to the gate.
  • the relay driving circuit 78 and the FET driving circuit 80 control the driving of the washer motor 64 by switching on and off the two relays RLY1, RLY2 and the FET 86B. That is, when rotating the output shaft of the washer motor 64 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY1 (relay RLY2 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio. Let With the above control, the rotation speed of the output shaft of the washer motor 64 is controlled.
  • FIG. 11 is an example of a bird's-eye view showing a state where the vehicle 122 that has entered the intersection 120 is turning left.
  • the driver's line of sight 126 of the vehicle 122 turning left is concentrated on the left front of the vehicle in order to prevent a pedestrian or the like from getting involved.
  • a state in which a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured (vehicle posture) Is changed to the passenger seat side, in other words, the state in which the line of sight of the driving vehicle is changed to the passenger seat side).
  • the predetermined distance D is 20 to 30 m as an example, but can take various values other than the numerical value.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a left turn wiping process in which the wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment detects a left turn of the vehicle 122 and changes the wiping range of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side.
  • a series of procedures shown in FIG. 12 is processed by the microcomputer 58 in the control circuit 52.
  • step 110 of FIG. 12 it is determined whether or not the wiper switch 50 is turned on. If the determination is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 112. If the determination is negative, the process returns.
  • step 112 it is determined whether or not the direction indicator switch 54 is turned on for a left turn. If the determination is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 114. If the determination is negative, the process returns.
  • step 114 it is determined whether or not the vehicle 122 has entered within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120. Whether or not the vehicle 122 is approaching the intersection 120 and is entering within the predetermined distance D is determined based on the current position of the vehicle 122 calculated by the GPS device. The current position of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the GPS device 96 based on the signal acquired from the GPS satellite. The GPS device 96 collates the calculated current position of the vehicle 122 with map data provided in the GPS device 96, and determines whether the vehicle 122 exists within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120 on the map data. To do.
  • the GPS device 96 can register the position of the center 124 of the intersection 120 as a course on which the vehicle 122 travels and a landmark on the course, the current position of the vehicle 122 and the position of the registered course and landmark May be determined whether or not the vehicle 122 exists within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120.
  • step 114 If the determination at step 114 is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 118. If the determination in step 114 is negative, it is determined in step 116 whether or not the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is greater than or equal to a threshold value in the left turn direction.
  • the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the vehicle ECU 90 or the microcomputer 58 based on the steering rotation angle detected by the steering angle sensor 98.
  • the threshold value of the steering angle in step 116 can take various values, it is an angle sufficient to determine that the vehicle 122 is to turn left at the intersection 120, and is generally a larger value than in the case of a lane change or the like. Since the specific value of the threshold varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, it is determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
  • step 116 determines whether the procedure is affirmative. If the determination at step 116 is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 118. If the determination in step 116 is negative, the process returns.
  • step 118 information on the speed of the vehicle 122 calculated from the signal output from the vehicle speed sensor 92 is acquired. If the speed of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the vehicle ECU 90, the microcomputer 58 acquires information on the speed of the vehicle 122 from the vehicle ECU 90.
  • step 120 it is determined whether or not the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or higher than a threshold speed.
  • the threshold speed is, for example, the speed of the vehicle 122 during slow driving. If the determination in step 120 is affirmative, in step 122, as shown in FIG. 13A, the operating range of the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is changed and the wiping range Z2 is wiped with the passenger-side wiper blade 36.
  • the wiping range Z2 is wiped when the wiper device 2 for the vehicle occupant is always wiped by wiping the wiping range Z2 while waiting for a signal at the intersection 120. This is to prevent giving an uncomfortable feeling of operation.
  • the wiping range in step 122 By changing the wiping range in step 122, the driver's field of view is secured in a wide range as shown in FIG. 13B.
  • the wiping of the wiping range Z2 in step 122 is performed at the time of forward movement in which the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is moved from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P.
  • the wiping range Z2 is wiped, when the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved from the upper reverse position P1P to the lower reverse position P2P, the normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. A wide area of the shield glass 1 can be wiped off.
  • the wiping range Z2 may be wiped during the backward movement.
  • the wiping of the changed wiping range at the time of the forward movement in step 122 is performed one or more predetermined times, and then the process returns.
  • the predetermined number of times is a number enough to ensure the driver's left front field of view when making a left turn at the intersection 120.
  • the specific value of the predetermined number of times varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, and is thus determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
  • the change of the wiping range in step 122 may be stopped and the process may be returned.
  • step 120 If the determination in step 120 is negative, a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. 1 is performed in step 124, and the process returns.
  • the range can be changed.
  • the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is not changed, so that an occupant of the vehicle 122 is less likely to feel discomfort in the operation of the wiper device 2.
  • the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed to secure the driver's field of view so that the driver can turn the vehicle 122 to the left at the intersection 120 without anxiety.
  • a right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example, and therefore control is performed to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 when turning left.
  • a left-hand drive vehicle it is necessary to secure the field of view of the passenger seat when turning right.
  • the processing shown in FIG. 12 is read as “turn left” to “right turn” and “turn on the direction indicator switch 54 for turning left” to “turn on the direction indicator switch 54 to turn right”. This is possible.
  • the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is controlled to ensure a wide range of visibility for the driver. .
  • the left turn direction indicator is on, the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the vehicle 122 is wiped when the speed is equal to or higher than the threshold speed.
  • the range was changed.
  • the wiping range is changed when the left turn direction indicator is on, the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is equal to or greater than the threshold, and the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or greater than the threshold speed. That is, in the present embodiment, AND control is executed to change the wiping range when a plurality of conditions are met.
  • the OR control may be executed if the change of the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is started more quickly according to the situation. For example, when the left turn direction indicator is on, the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is at least one of the threshold value or more, a wide field of view on the passenger seat side is secured.
  • the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed by determining that the vehicle should be in a state where the vehicle posture is changed to the passenger seat side (in other words, the driver's line of sight is changed to the passenger seat side). .
  • the left turn direction indicator is on
  • the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120
  • the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is at least one of a threshold value and the speed of the vehicle 122 is the threshold speed.
  • a route is set by a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the current position calculated by the GPS device and the map information, is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the car navigation system.
  • a left turn instruction is issued, it may be determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. In this case, it is possible to prevent the wiping range from being changed when going straight through the intersection 120.
  • the right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example in the present embodiment. That is, the “left turn instruction” here refers to an instruction to turn to the passenger seat side in a right-hand drive vehicle. Therefore, in the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, a “right turn instruction” is substituted for a “left turn instruction”.
  • the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 may be changed by detecting a pedestrian on the passenger seat side or an obstacle on the passenger seat side with the in-vehicle camera 94 or a radar (not shown). For example, when the left turn direction indicator is on and the presence of a pedestrian or obstacle on the passenger seat side is detected by the in-vehicle camera 94 or the radar, the wiping range of the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is changed. As a result, even when the vehicle turns left, the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is not changed when there are no pedestrians or obstacles on the passenger side. Difficult to remember.
  • the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 on the passenger seat side upper side of the windshield glass 1 so that at least part of the information of the non-wiping range X shown in FIG.
  • the wiping range X is dirty (the wiping range needs to be changed)
  • the wiping range can be changed, and the uncomfortable feeling in the operation of the wiper device 2 can be reduced.
  • a reception unit (not shown) that detects a position where a communication device such as a mobile phone possessed by a pedestrian or the like is provided, detects a pedestrian or the like existing on the passenger seat side, and detects a pedestrian on the passenger seat side.
  • the wiping range may be changed.
  • the wiping range of the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed when the receiving unit detects that the left turn direction indicator is on and a pedestrian is present on the front passenger side.
  • the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is not changed, so that the passenger of the vehicle 122 feels uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device 2. It's hard to remember.
  • the driver may be able to appropriately change the control mode of the left turn wiping process, such as the above-described AND control or OR control. By changing the mode of control, the left turn wiping process according to the situation or the driver's orientation becomes possible.
  • image data of an image taken by an in-vehicle camera 94 provided on the vehicle interior side of the windshield glass 1, specifically the rear side of the rearview mirror or the upper part of the front passenger seat, is processed by image processing.
  • the left curve it is determined that a situation requiring the front view of the front side of the passenger seat has occurred when the vehicle enters the left curve, and the wiping range of the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed.
  • FIG. 14A is an example of an image in front of the vehicle taken by the in-vehicle camera 94.
  • the road 130 in FIG. 14A has a so-called ninety-nine fold in which a left curve and a right curve are continuous.
  • a left white line 132 which is the left outline of the road 130
  • a right white line 134 which is the right outline of the road 130, is written.
  • the image data shown in FIG. 14A is processed using a known image processing method such as the Canny method, the differential edge detection method, or the Sobel method, and the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are related to the image data. Extract edges. Further, the horizontal position of each pixel on the image data is defined as the X coordinate, and the vertical position on the image data is defined as the Y coordinate. By such image processing, the edges related to the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are extracted as continuous points, for example, the left white line edge 132E and the right white line edge 134E as shown in FIG. 14B.
  • a known image processing method such as the Canny method, the differential edge detection method, or the Sobel method
  • straight line approximation processing is performed.
  • the extracted left white line edge 132E and right white line edge 134E are linearly approximated using a Hough transform to obtain approximate straight lines 132L and 134L along lines estimated to be white lines.
  • the obtained approximate straight line 132L, calculated X-coordinate value of the intersection point P N of 134L to (X N), obtained X-coordinate values of the intersection point P N (X N) And a horizontal displacement A (A X N -X 0 ) between the X coordinate value (X 0 ) at the center of the image data.
  • A X N -X 0
  • the threshold value is specifically determined through a running test using an actual vehicle, assuming that the curvature of the curve is large and it is important to ensure the visibility of the front side of the driver's seat.
  • the calculated displacement amount A is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the vehicle 122 is in a situation of entering the left curve, and the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is moved within the wiping range Z2 shown in FIGS. 1 and 13A.
  • the rotations of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are controlled so as to be wiped off.
  • the wiping range of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 is changed to further increase the driver's field of view. It becomes possible to secure a wide range.
  • the change of the wiping range may be executed when the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or higher than the threshold speed as in the first embodiment. This is because it is not always necessary to change the wiping range when the vehicle 122 is at a low speed.
  • FIG. 15 shows a wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment, which detects a left curve in front of the vehicle 122 (a curve on the passenger seat side) and changes the wiping range on the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 when turning left. It is the flowchart which showed an example of the process. A series of procedures shown in FIG. 15 is processed by the microcomputer 58 in the control circuit 52.
  • step 140 image data captured by the in-vehicle camera 94 is acquired.
  • step 142 the image data is processed using a known image processing method such as a Canny method, a differential edge detection method, or a Sobel method, and the image data is processed. Edges related to the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are extracted.
  • step 144 the X and Y coordinates are set on the image data from which the edges have been extracted.
  • step 146 the extracted left white line edge 132E and right white line edge 134E are linearly approximated by Hough transform to be estimated as a white line. Approximate straight lines 132L and 134L along the line are calculated.
  • step 150 it is determined whether or not the displacement amount A is greater than or equal to a threshold value. If the determination in step 150 is affirmative, in step 152, as shown in FIG. 13A, the operating range of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is changed and the wiping range Z2 is wiped by the passenger seat side wiper blade 36.
  • the wiping of the wiping range Z2 in step 152 is performed when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 moves forward from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P.
  • a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. A wide area of the shield glass 1 can be wiped off. Note that the wiping range Z1 may be wiped during the forward movement, and the wiping range Z1 may be wiped during the backward movement. Moreover, you may wipe the wiping range Z2 at the time of reciprocation.
  • the wiping of the changed wiping range at the time of forward movement in step 152 is performed one or more predetermined times, and then the process returns.
  • the predetermined number of times is sufficient to ensure a left front view of the driver when passing the left curve.
  • the specific value of the predetermined number of times varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, and is thus determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
  • step 150 If the determination in step 150 is negative, a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. 1 is performed in step 154, and the process returns.
  • the vehicle 122 described in the first embodiment makes a left turn at the intersection 120. You may combine the control to do. By combining the present embodiment and the first embodiment, it is possible to control the change of the wiping range corresponding to each of the intersection 120 and the left curve of the road 130.
  • a vehicle interior camera (not shown) that captures the face of the driver in the vehicle interior of the vehicle 122 may be provided separately from the in-vehicle camera 94.
  • the edge of the driver's face from the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera using a known method as described above, at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight is detected.
  • the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 may be changed.
  • the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 By determining whether or not it is necessary to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 based on at least one of the driver's face direction and line of sight direction, the wiping range is effectively changed according to the situation. It becomes possible to do.
  • a right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example, and therefore control is performed to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 when passing the left curve.
  • a left-hand drive vehicle it is necessary to ensure visibility on the passenger side when passing the right curve.
  • the above processing is performed by changing the “left curve” to “right curve” and “when the calculated displacement amount A exceeds a predetermined threshold value” and “the calculated displacement amount A is a negative value. This can be dealt with by reading “when the absolute value exceeds a predetermined threshold”.
  • the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is controlled to ensure a wide range of visibility for the driver. .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the wiper system 200 according to the present embodiment. This embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the nozzle of the washer device 170, the hose to which the washer liquid is pumped, and the washer pump 166 that pumps the washer liquid. However, since other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, detailed descriptions of configurations other than the nozzle, hose, and washer pump 166 are omitted.
  • the driver-seat-side forward movement nozzle 174AD is provided on the side facing the upper reversal position P1D of the tip of the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17 (the forward-movement side of the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17).
  • the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD is provided on the side facing the lower reversal position P2D of the front end portion (return side of the driver seat wiper arm 17).
  • the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP is disposed on the side facing the upper reversal position P1P of the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (the forward side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35).
  • the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP is provided on the side facing the lower reverse position P2P of the tip end portion of the wiper arm 35.
  • the driver-side forward nozzle 174AD and the passenger-side forward nozzle 174AP wipe the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 from the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P to the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P, respectively.
  • each washer fluid is ejected in the forward ejection direction 176A.
  • the driver-side reverse nozzle 174BD and the passenger-side reverse nozzle 174BP wipe the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 from the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P to the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P, respectively.
  • the washer fluid is injected in the return injection direction 176B.
  • the washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 is pumped by the washer pump 166 to the forward injection hose 172A during forward movement and to the backward injection hose 172B during backward movement.
  • the forward movement injection hose 172A branches at the branching portion 178 shown in FIG. 16 into the driver seat side forward movement injection hose 172AD and the passenger seat side forward movement injection hose 172AP.
  • the reverse injection hose 172B branches into a driver seat side reverse injection hose 172BD and a passenger seat side reverse injection hose 172BP at a branching portion 178 shown in FIG.
  • driver-seat-side forward injection hose 172AD and the driver-seat-side backward injection hose 172BD are disposed inside the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17, as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, the passenger seat-side forward injection hose 172AP and the passenger-side backward injection hose 172BP are disposed inside the passenger seat-side wiper arm 35.
  • the hose 172AP is connected to the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP, and the passenger seat side backward movement injection hose 172BP is connected to the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
  • the driver's seat side forward injection hose 172AD, the driver's seat side backward injection hose 172BD, the passenger seat side forward injection hose 172AP, and the passenger seat side backward injection hose 172BP include the driver seat side wiper arm 17.
  • the passenger-side wiper arm 35 moves upward when the wiping range is changed. Therefore, the passenger-seat forward hose 172AP for forward movement is prevented so that unreasonable stress does not act even by the movement. And it is desirable to determine the length of the hose 172BP for jetting at the passenger seat side backward movement.
  • a forward injection hose 172A, a reverse injection hose 172B, a driver seat side forward injection hose 172AD, a driver seat side backward injection hose 172BD, and a passenger seat side forward injection hose 172AP is desirably a synthetic rubber or a synthetic resin which is tough against bending and tension and has flexibility.
  • the washer motor 64 reverses the direction of rotation between forward movement and reverse movement, from the driver side forward nozzle 174AD and the passenger side forward nozzle 174AP during forward movement, and from the driver seat during backward movement.
  • the washer pump 166 is driven so as to inject the washer fluid from the side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the washer pump 166 according to the present embodiment.
  • the washer pump 166 according to the present embodiment is a type of turbo pump provided with a turbine 166A driven by a washer motor 64.
  • the turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the arrow forward movement in the forward movement and in the direction of the arrow backward movement in the backward movement.
  • the washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 is sucked into the pump housing 166B from the suction port 166C.
  • the pump housing is connected from the forward discharge port 166D to the forward discharge port 166E when the turbine 166A is driven in the backward direction of arrow.
  • the washer liquid in 166B is discharged.
  • the forward discharge outlet 166D is connected to the driver side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the passenger side forward movement nozzle 174AP via the forward movement injection hose 172A, and the backward discharge outlet 166E is used for backward injection.
  • the hose 172B and the like are connected to the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP, respectively. Accordingly, when the turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the arrow forward movement, the washer liquid is driven in the direction of the backward movement of the arrow from the nozzle 174AD in the driver seat side forward movement and the nozzle 174AP in the passenger seat side forward movement. And from the nozzle 174BD at the time of backward movement on the driver seat side and the nozzle 174BP at the time of backward movement of the passenger seat.
  • the washer pump 166 has a valve 166F made of an elastic body such as rubber or synthetic resin, as shown in FIG.
  • the valve 166F bends with the pressure of the washer fluid pumped by the turbine 166A, and closes the forward washer fluid inlet 166G or the backward motion washer fluid inlet 166H.
  • the pressure on the washer liquid inlet 166G side at the time of forward movement increases, so that the valve 166F bends toward the washer liquid inlet 166H side at the time of backward movement and the backward movement.
  • the hour washer fluid inlet 166H is closed.
  • the pressure on the backward side of the washer liquid inlet 166H increases, so that the valve 166F bends to the forward side of the washer liquid inlet 166G side and the forward movement.
  • the hour washer fluid inlet 166G is closed.
  • the washer fluid is selectively injected from the forward injection nozzle 174A or the reverse injection nozzle 174B by rotating the turbine 166A in the forward or reverse direction.
  • the configuration of the drive circuit 56 of the washer motor 64 that drives the washer pump 166 is the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the drive circuit 56 is operated as follows to rotate the washer motor 64 forward and backward.
  • the washer motor 64 rotates forward during forward movement and reverse rotation during backward movement.
  • the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY1 (relay RLY2 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio.
  • the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY2 (relay RLY1 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio.
  • the present embodiment is configured with one washer motor and one washer pump.
  • the washer motor and the washer pump are used for forward movement and reverse movement.
  • Each may have a dedicated one.
  • the washer liquid injected from the driver side nozzle 74A is, for example, It adheres to the landing area 180A. Further, the washer liquid ejected from the passenger seat side nozzle 74B adheres to the landing area 180B, for example.
  • the landing areas 180 ⁇ / b> A and 180 ⁇ / b> B are both part of the windshield glass 1. Accordingly, it has not been possible to attach the washer liquid to the entire area of the wiping range H1 and the wiping range Z2.
  • FIG. 18B is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of washer liquid injection during the forward movement of the wiper system 200 according to the present embodiment.
  • the washer liquid is jetted from the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP in the forward movement injection direction 176A.
  • the sprayed washer liquid is spread on the adhesion regions 182A and 182B by the driver seat side wiper blade 18 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 respectively moving forward.
  • the adhesion region 182A extends over the entire wiping range H1. Further, when the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper inversion position P1P while spraying the washer liquid from the nozzle 174AP at the time of the passenger side forward movement, the adhesion region 182B extends over the entire wiping range Z2.
  • the driver seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the wiping range H1 while jetting washer liquid from the driver seat side reverse nozzle 174BD, and at the same time, the driver seat side reverse operation nozzle 174BP is jetted with washer liquid
  • the wiping range Z1 is wiped with the seat-side wiper blade 36.
  • the washer liquid can be attached to the wiping ranges H1, Z1, and Z2 by the above-described forward movement operation and reverse movement operation, and a wide area corresponding to substantially the entire surface of the windshield glass 1 is washed. It becomes possible to wash with a liquid.
  • the wiper blades 18 In order to more effectively clean the windshield glass 1, when the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 reaches the upper inversion position P1D and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper inversion position P1P, the wiper blades 18 The wiping operation may be stopped for a predetermined time, and the washer liquid may be ejected from the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
  • the wiping operation is stopped for a predetermined time, and the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP.
  • the windshield glass 1 may be more effectively cleaned by spraying the washer liquid from the top.
  • the forward / reverse operation while injecting the washer liquid in the present embodiment is performed when the washer switch 62 is operated.
  • the interior of the windshield glass 1, specifically, the rearview mirror is operated. It may be automatically executed when raindrops, dirt, snow, frost, or the like is detected on the windshield glass 1 by the rain sensor 76 provided on the back side or the upper part of the passenger seat.
  • the washer fluid may be injected.
  • the forward and backward washer liquids are applied to the distal ends of the driver-side wiper arm 17 and the passenger-side wiper arm 35.
  • Each spray nozzle is provided.
  • the washer liquid is sprayed from the forward washer liquid injection nozzle to change the wiping range of the wiper blade 36 on the passenger seat side to the upper side of the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1, and at the time of reverse movement, The washer liquid is sprayed from the nozzle for spraying the washer so that the windshield glass 1 is wiped without changing the wiping range of the wiper blade 36 on the passenger seat side. It becomes possible to spread.
  • the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD is disposed on the driver seat side wiper arm 17 on the side facing the upper reverse position P1D (the driver seat side wiper arm 17 forward side).
  • the nozzle 174BD at the time of backward movement of the driver seat is provided on the side facing the lower reverse position P2D of the tip of the wiper arm 17 (returning side of the wiper arm 17 on the driver's seat), but is not limited thereto.
  • the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD may be provided on the distal end side of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 (the distal end side from the longitudinal intermediate portion of the driver seat side wiper arm 17).
  • the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD may be provided at the distal end of the driver seat side wiper arm 17, and the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD may be provided at the distal end side of the driver seat side wiper arm 17.
  • the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP is disposed on the side facing the upper reversal position P1P of the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (the forward side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35).
  • Each of the wiper arms 35 is provided with the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP on the side facing the lower reverse position P2P of the front end portion of the wiper arm 35 (return side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35), but is not limited thereto. .
  • the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat backward movement nozzle 174BP may be provided on the distal end side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (front end side from the longitudinal intermediate portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35).
  • the front passenger side wiper arm 174AP may be provided at the front end portion of the front passenger side wiper arm 35
  • the front passenger seat side reverse nozzle 174BP may be provided at the front end side of the front passenger seat side wiper arm 35.
  • the cleaning liquid is ejected from a nozzle (one of the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP) on the wiping progress direction side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36.
  • the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP included in the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 during the forward movement.
  • the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP provided in the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 during the backward movement.
  • the configuration of the washer pump can be simplified.
  • the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the driver's seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the driver's seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD.
  • the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 are controlled to be able to rotate forward and backward (reciprocating).
  • the first output shaft 11A and the second output shaft 12A may rotate in one direction.
  • the rotation of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 causes the driver side wiper blade 18 and the passenger side wiper blade 36 to move to the upper reverse positions P1D and P1P and the lower reverse position.
  • the first motor 11 includes a “driver's seat side first motor” and a “passenger's seat side first motor”, and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 is moved down to the upper inversion position P1D by the rotation of the driver seat side first motor.
  • the structure may be such that the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved between the upper inversion position P1P and the lower inversion position P2P by moving between the inversion position P2D and rotation of the first passenger seat side motor.
  • the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 have a structure that does not overlap in the vehicle width direction at the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P.
  • the driver seat side wiper blade 18 side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 may be set longer.
  • the length of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is set so that the driver seat side wiper blade 18 side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 overlaps the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 side of the driver seat side wiper blade 18. Also good. Thereby, when wiping the wiping range Z2 during the reciprocating motion, it is possible to reduce the non-wiping area that remains on the lower center side of the windshield glass.
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (passenger seat side wiper blade 36) is extended to the vicinity of the intermediate angle at the predetermined rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A, and from the vicinity of the intermediate angle.
  • the control for reducing the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is performed up to a predetermined rotation angle
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 wipes from the lower inversion position P2P toward the upper inversion position P1P (during forward wiping)
  • the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 may be controlled to gradually extend.
  • the embodiment using the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 has been described.
  • the rotational position of the first output shaft 11A and the rotational position of the second output shaft 12A may be used.
  • the wiping of the changed wiping range is performed one or more predetermined times and then the process is returned.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the wiping of the changed wiping range has been performed a predetermined number of times of 1 or more, if the dirt or the like of the non-wiping range X has not been removed, it is determined that the situation cannot be removed (freezing or fogging on the inner surface). Then, it may be controlled not to change the wiping range for a predetermined period.
  • the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 in a situation where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured.
  • An “automatic change changeover switch” that can cancel the execution may be separately provided.
  • the wiping range Z1 can be wiped without changing the wiping range even in a situation where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured.
  • the wiping range Z2 is not changed (wiping of the wiping range Z2), so that the uncomfortable feeling in the operation of the wiper device 2 can be suppressed.
  • the position which provides an automatic change changeover switch it is desirable to provide in the position near a driver

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a vehicle wiper device that comprises: (1) a first motor that has a first output shaft, that causes a wiper arm to rotate in a reciprocating manner around a support point of the wiper arm via rotation of the first output shaft, and that causes a wiper blade that is connected to a leading end of the wiper arm to perform a reciprocating wiping action between an upper reversal position and a lower reversal position on a windshield; (2) a second motor that changes a wiping range of the windshield that is wiped by the wiper blade; (3) a rotation angle detecting unit that detects a rotation angle of the first output shaft; and (4) a control unit that, when a wide field of view is to be secured on the passenger seat side, controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detecting unit.

Description

車両用ワイパ装置及び車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法WIPER WIPER DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR VEHICLE WIPER DEVICE
 本開示は、払拭範囲を変更できる車両用ワイパ装置及び車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a vehicle wiper device capable of changing a wiping range and a method for controlling the vehicle wiper device.
 自動車のウィンドシールドガラス等を払拭するワイパ装置は、図19Aに示したように、先端部にワイパブレード154D、154Pが連結されたワイパアーム150D、150Pをワイパモータによって下反転位置P4D、P4Pと上反転位置P3D、P3Pとの間を往復動作させている。ワイパアーム150D、150Pの動作の軌跡は、多くの場合、ワイパアーム150D、150Pのピボット軸152D、152Pを中心とした略円弧状である。従って、ワイパブレード154D、154Pがウィンドシールドガラス1等を払拭する領域である払拭範囲156D、156Pは、ピボット軸152D、152Pを中心とした略扇形を呈する。 As shown in FIG. 19A, a wiper device for wiping windshield glass or the like of an automobile has wiper arms 150D and 150P having wiper blades 154D and 154P connected to the front end portions thereof at lower inverted positions P4D and P4P and upper inverted positions. A reciprocating operation is performed between P3D and P3P. In many cases, the trajectories of the operations of the wiper arms 150D and 150P are substantially arc-shaped around the pivot shafts 152D and 152P of the wiper arms 150D and 150P. Accordingly, the wiping ranges 156D and 156P, which are areas where the wiper blades 154D and 154P wipe the windshield glass 1 and the like, have a substantially fan shape centered on the pivot shafts 152D and 152P.
 ワイパ装置では、運転者の視界確保のために、運転席側のウィンドシールドガラス1を優先的に払拭する必要がある。また、自動車のウィンドシールドガラス1は略等脚台形状を呈している。従って、2本のワイパアーム150D、150Pが同時に同方向に回動する並行(タンデム)型のワイパ装置では、ピボット軸152D、152Pをウィンドシールドガラス1の下方に設けた場合、運転席側のワイパブレード154Dの上反転位置P3Dは、略等脚台形を呈するウィンドシールドガラス1の運転席側の脚(等脚台形の縦方向の辺)1Aに近い位置で当該脚に並行して設けられる。 In the wiper device, the windshield glass 1 on the driver's seat side needs to be wiped preferentially in order to secure the driver's visibility. Further, the windshield glass 1 of an automobile has a substantially isosceles trapezoidal shape. Therefore, in the parallel (tandem) type wiper device in which the two wiper arms 150D and 150P simultaneously rotate in the same direction, when the pivot shafts 152D and 152P are provided below the windshield glass 1, the wiper blade on the driver's seat side is provided. The upper reversal position P3D of 154D is provided in parallel to the leg at a position close to the leg (vertical side of the isosceles trapezoid) 1A on the driver's seat side of the windshield glass 1 exhibiting a substantially isosceles trapezoid.
 タンデム型のワイパ装置の助手席側のワイパブレード154Pの上反転位置P3Pも、運転席側のウィンドシールドガラス1を優先的に払拭するために、ウィンドシールドガラス1の運転席側の脚1Bに並行して設けられる。しかしながら、前述のように、ワイパブレード154Pの払拭範囲は略扇形を呈するので、上反転位置P3Pが上述の位置に設けられると、ウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の上部の角1Cを中心として、ワイパブレード154Pによって払拭されない非払拭範囲158が生じる。 The upper inversion position P3P of the wiper blade 154P on the passenger seat side of the tandem type wiper device is also parallel to the leg 1B on the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1 in order to wipe off the windshield glass 1 on the driver seat side preferentially. Provided. However, as described above, the wiping range of the wiper blade 154P is substantially fan-shaped, so when the upper inversion position P3P is provided at the above-described position, the upper corner 1C on the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 is centered. A non-wiping range 158 that is not wiped by the wiper blade 154P is generated.
 非払拭範囲158の影響は、図19Bに示したように、例えば交差点等での左折時に深刻であり、運転者が歩行者の存在を覚知することを阻害する可能性がある。 As shown in FIG. 19B, the influence of the non-wiping range 158 is serious, for example, when turning left at an intersection or the like, which may hinder the driver from knowing the presence of a pedestrian.
 特開2000-25578号公報には、非払拭範囲158を払拭できるように助手席側ワイパブレードを動作させるワイパ装置が開示されている。 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-25578 discloses a wiper device that operates a passenger-side wiper blade so that the non-wiping range 158 can be wiped.
 しかしながら、特開2000-25578号公報に記載のワイパ装置によれば、動作中のワイパブレードがウィンドシールドガラスの助手席側の上部にまで十分に届かず、助手席側のウィンドシールドガラスの上部に拭き残しが生じうる。 However, according to the wiper device described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-25578, the wiper blade in operation does not reach the upper part of the windshield glass on the passenger seat side, and does not reach the upper part of the windshield glass on the passenger seat side. Unwiping can occur.
 本開示は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態(車両の姿勢が助手席側に変更される状態、言い換えると運転者の視線が助手席側に変更される状態)である場合にウィンドシールドガラスの助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する車両用ワイパ装置及び車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法を提供する。 The present disclosure provides a window in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured (a state where the vehicle posture is changed to the passenger seat side, in other words, a state where the driver's line of sight is changed to the passenger seat side). Provided are a vehicle wiper device for changing a wiping range of a shield glass on the passenger seat side, and a method for controlling the vehicle wiper device.
 本開示の第1の態様は、第1出力軸を有し、該第1出力軸の回転によりワイパアームを該ワイパアームの支点を中心として往復回転させ、前記ワイパアームの先端部に連結されたワイパブレードをウィンドシールドの上反転位置と下反転位置との間で往復払拭動作させる第1モータと、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更する第2モータと、前記第1出力軸の回転角度を検出する回転角検出部と、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態で、前記回転角検出部で検出した前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて前記第2モータの制御を行う制御部と、を含む、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to a first aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a wiper blade having a first output shaft, reciprocatingly rotating a wiper arm about a fulcrum of the wiper arm by rotation of the first output shaft, and being connected to a distal end portion of the wiper arm. A first motor that performs a reciprocating wiping operation between an upper reversal position and a lower reversal position of the windshield, a second motor that changes a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade, and a rotation angle of the first output shaft. A rotation angle detection unit to detect, and a control unit that controls the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured A vehicle wiper device.
 上記第1の態様は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態で、回転角検出部で検出した第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて第2モータの制御を行う。かかる制御により、ワイパブレードによるウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更し、ウィンドシールドの助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する。助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態でない場合には、払拭範囲を変更しないので、車両の乗員がワイパ装置の動作に違和感を覚えることが少なくなる。 In the first aspect, the second motor is controlled in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detector in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. By such control, the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is changed, and the wiping range on the passenger seat side of the windshield is changed. If the wide field of view on the passenger seat side is not to be ensured, the wiping range is not changed, so that the vehicle occupant is less likely to feel uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device.
 本開示の第2の態様は、上記第1の態様において、衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定部をさらに含み、前記制御部は、車両位置測定部で算出された現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 A second aspect of the present disclosure further includes a vehicle position measurement unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite in the first aspect, wherein the control unit is calculated by the vehicle position measurement unit. When the current position is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the second motor is controlled according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft. It is a wiper device for vehicles.
 上記第2の態様によれば、車両の現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の際に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the second aspect, when the current position of the vehicle is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed. .
 本開示の第3の態様は、上記第1の態様において、衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定部をさらに含み、前記制御部は、前記車両位置測定部により算出された現在位置と地図情報とから所定地点へ向かうルートを設定するカーナビゲーションシステムにてルートを設定し、前記カーナビゲーションシステムから助手席側方向へ曲がる指示があった場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 A third aspect of the present disclosure further includes a vehicle position measurement unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite according to the first aspect, and the control unit includes the vehicle position measurement unit. A route is set in a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the calculated current position and map information, and when there is an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system, a wide passenger seat side The vehicle wiper device determines that the field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
 上記第3の態様によれば、カーナビゲーションシステムからの助手席側方向へ曲がる指示(右ハンドル車での左折指示、左ハンドル車での右折指示)に連動させて払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the third aspect, the wiping range is changed in conjunction with an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system (a left turn instruction for a right-hand drive car or a right turn instruction for a left-hand drive car). Can do.
 本開示の第4の態様は、上記第1の態様において、前記制御部は、車両の方向指示器スイッチから入力された信号が車両が助手席側に曲がることを示した場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to a fourth aspect of the present disclosure, in the first aspect, when the signal input from the direction indicator switch of the vehicle indicates that the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side, the control unit It is a vehicle wiper device that determines that a wide field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
 上記第4の態様によれば、方向指示器が操作されたことに基づいて車両が助手席側に曲がる場合を検知することにより助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the fourth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting a case where the vehicle turns to the passenger seat side based on the operation of the direction indicator, and the wiping range Changes can be performed.
 本開示の第5の態様は、上記第1の態様において、前記制御部は、車両の操舵角センサによって検知された車両の助手席側への舵角が閾値以上の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, in the first aspect, when the steering angle to the passenger seat side of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor of the vehicle is equal to or greater than a threshold value, the control unit It is a vehicle wiper device that determines that a wide field of view should be secured and controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft.
 上記第5の態様によれば、操舵角センサが検知した車両の舵角に基づいて車両が助手席側に曲がる場合を検知することにより助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the fifth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side based on the steering angle of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor, The change of the wiping range can be executed.
 本願の第6の態様は、上記第1の態様において、車両の前方の画像を取得する撮影部をさらに含み、前記制御部は、前記撮影部によって取得された画像から道路の輪郭を抽出し、該抽出した輪郭が助手席側への屈曲を示した場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to a sixth aspect of the present application, the first aspect further includes a photographing unit that obtains an image ahead of the vehicle, and the control unit extracts a contour of the road from the image obtained by the photographing unit, When the extracted contour indicates bending toward the passenger seat side, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and control of the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft is performed. This is a vehicle wiper device.
 上記第6の態様によれば、進行方向の道路が助手席側にカーブしている場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the sixth aspect, when the road in the traveling direction is curved toward the passenger seat, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed.
 本願の第7の態様は、上記第1~第6の態様において、車両の速度を検知する車速検知部をさらに含み、前記制御部は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であり、かつ前記車速検知部によって検知された車両の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 A seventh aspect of the present application further includes a vehicle speed detection unit that detects the speed of the vehicle in the first to sixth aspects, and the control unit is in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, And when the vehicle speed detected by the said vehicle speed detection part is more than a threshold speed, it is a vehicle wiper apparatus which controls the said 2nd motor according to the rotation angle of a said 1st output shaft.
 上記第7の態様によれば、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、かつ車両の速度が大きい場合に払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the seventh aspect, it is possible to execute a change in the wiping range when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and the vehicle speed is high.
 本開示の第8の態様は、上記第1~第6の態様において、前記ワイパアームに設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させる洗浄液噴射部をさらに含み、前記制御部は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態である場合は、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行うと共に前記ノズルから洗浄液を噴射させるように前記洗浄液噴射部を制御する、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to an eighth aspect of the present disclosure, in the first to sixth aspects, the control unit further includes a cleaning liquid ejecting unit that ejects a cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided in the wiper arm, and the control unit has a wide field of view on the passenger seat side. When the state is to be secured, the vehicle wiper device controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft and controls the cleaning liquid ejecting unit to eject the cleaning liquid from the nozzle. It is.
 上記第8の態様によれば、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定された場合に、払拭範囲の変更と共に、ワイパアームの先端側に設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させることにより、ウィンドシールドを広範囲に洗浄できる。 According to the eighth aspect, when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, along with the change of the wiping range, by spraying the cleaning liquid from the nozzle provided on the tip side of the wiper arm, Windshield can be cleaned extensively.
 本開示の第9の態様は、上記第1の態様において、前記ウィンドシールドの画像データを取得する撮影部と、前記ウィンドシールドに赤外線を照射し、赤外線の反射量または透過量に基づいて前記ウィンドシールドの表面の付着物を検知する光学検知部と、をさらに含み、前記撮影部及び前記光学検知部は前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に各々設けられ、前記制御部は、前記撮影部が取得した画像データと前記光学検知部の検知結果とに基づいて、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う、車両用ワイパ装置である。 According to a ninth aspect of the present disclosure, in the first aspect, the photographing unit that acquires image data of the windshield, the window shield is irradiated with infrared rays, and the window is based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays. An optical detection unit that detects deposits on the surface of the shield, and the imaging unit and the optical detection unit are respectively provided on the passenger seat side upper portion of the windshield inside the passenger seat, and the control unit includes Based on the image data acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the second motor according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft It is a wiper device for vehicles which performs control of.
 上記第9の態様によれば、撮影部が取得したウィンドシールドの画像データと光学検知部の検知結果とに基づいて助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the ninth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured based on the image data of the windshield acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, and the wiping range is changed. Can be executed.
 本開示の第10の態様は、第1出力軸を有し、該第1出力軸の回転によりワイパアームを前記ワイパアームの支点を中心として往復回転させ、前記ワイパアームの先端部に連結されたワイパブレードをウィンドシールドの上反転位置と下反転位置との間で往復払拭動作させる第1モータの第1出力軸の往復回転を開始させることと、前記第1出力軸の回転角度を回転角検出部で検出することと、助手席側の広い視界の確保をすべき状態で、前記回転角検出部で検出された第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて、第2モータが備える第2出力軸を所定方向に回転させて前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更するように前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることと、を含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to a tenth aspect of the present disclosure, a wiper blade having a first output shaft, rotating the wiper arm reciprocally about a fulcrum of the wiper arm by rotation of the first output shaft, and connecting a wiper blade connected to a distal end portion of the wiper arm. The reciprocating rotation of the first output shaft of the first motor that performs the reciprocating wiping operation between the upper reversing position and the lower reversing position of the windshield is started, and the rotation angle detecting unit detects the rotation angle of the first output shaft. And a second output shaft provided in the second motor in a predetermined direction according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. And starting the rotation of the second output shaft so as to change the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
 上記第10の態様は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態で、回転角検出部で検出した第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて第2モータの第2出力軸を回転させる。第2出力軸を回転させることにより、ワイパブレードによるウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更し、ウィンドシールドの助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する。助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態でない場合には、払拭範囲を変更しないので、車両の乗員がワイパ装置の動作に違和感を覚えることが少なくなる。 The tenth aspect rotates the second output shaft of the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. By rotating the second output shaft, the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is changed, and the wiping range of the windshield on the passenger seat side is changed. If the wide field of view on the passenger seat side is not to be ensured, the wiping range is not changed, so that the vehicle occupant is less likely to feel uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device.
 本開示の第11の態様は、上記第10の態様において、衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定を行うことをさらに含み、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両位置測定を行うことによって算出した現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to an eleventh aspect of the present disclosure, in the tenth aspect, the vehicle further includes a vehicle position measurement that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite, and starts rotation of the second output shaft. If the current position calculated by measuring the vehicle position is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the window by the wiper blade is A control method for a vehicle wiper device, including changing a wiping range of a shield.
 上記第11の態様によれば、車両の現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の際に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the eleventh aspect, when the current position of the vehicle is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed. .
 本願の第12の態様は、上記第10の態様において、衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定を行うことをさらに含み、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、前記車両位置測定を行うことによって算出した現在位置と地図情報とから所定地点へ向かうルートを設定するカーナビゲーションシステムにてルートを設定し、前記カーナビゲーションシステムから助手席側方向へ曲がる指示があった場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 A twelfth aspect of the present application further includes performing vehicle position measurement for calculating a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from a satellite in the tenth aspect, and starting rotation of the second output shaft. This is an instruction to set a route in a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the current position and map information calculated by measuring the vehicle position, and to turn from the car navigation system toward the passenger seat side If there is, the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
 この車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法によれば、カーナビゲーションシステムからの助手席側方向へ曲がる指示(右ハンドル車での左折指示、左ハンドル車での右折指示)に連動させて払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to this control method for a vehicle wiper device, the wiping range is changed in conjunction with an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the car navigation system (a left turn instruction for a right-hand drive car or a right turn instruction for a left-hand drive car). Can be executed.
 本願の第13の態様は、上記第10の態様において、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の方向指示器スイッチから入力された信号が車両が助手席側に曲がることを示した場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 In a thirteenth aspect of the present application, in the tenth aspect, starting the rotation of the second output shaft indicates that the signal input from the direction indicator switch of the vehicle is bent toward the passenger seat. In this case, the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side is to be ensured and changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
 上記第13の態様によれば、方向指示器が操作されたことに基づいて車両が助手席側に曲がる場合を検知することにより助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the thirteenth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side based on the operation of the direction indicator, and the wiping range Changes can be performed.
 本願の第14の態様は、上記第10の態様において、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の操舵角センサによって検知された車両の助手席側への舵角が閾値以上の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 In a fourteenth aspect of the present application, in the tenth aspect, starting the rotation of the second output shaft is that the steering angle toward the passenger seat of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor of the vehicle is greater than or equal to a threshold value. In this case, the vehicle wiper apparatus control method includes determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
 上記第14の態様によれば、操舵角センサが検知した車両の舵角に基づいて車両が助手席側に曲がる場合を検知することにより助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the fourteenth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured by detecting when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side based on the steering angle of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor. The change of the wiping range can be executed.
 本願の第15の態様は、上記第10の態様において、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の前方の画像から道路の輪郭を抽出し、該抽出した輪郭が助手席側への屈曲を示した場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to a fifteenth aspect of the present invention, in the tenth aspect, starting the rotation of the second output shaft includes extracting a contour of a road from an image ahead of the vehicle, and the extracted contour is directed to a passenger seat side. In the vehicle wiper apparatus control method, including determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade is there.
 上記第15の態様によれば、進行方向の道路が助手席側にカーブしている場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the fifteenth aspect, when the road in the traveling direction is curved toward the passenger seat, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat should be secured, and the wiping range can be changed.
 本願の第16の態様は、上記第10~第15の態様において、車両の速度を検知する車速検知を行うことをさらに含み、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定され、かつ前記車速検知を行うことにより検知した車両の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to a sixteenth aspect of the present application, in the tenth to fifteenth aspects, the vehicle speed detection for detecting the vehicle speed is further performed, and the rotation of the second output shaft is started on the passenger seat side. Including changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade when it is determined that a wide field of view should be secured and the vehicle speed detected by performing the vehicle speed detection is equal to or higher than a threshold speed. This is a control method for a vehicle wiper device.
 上記第16の態様によれば、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、かつ車両の速度が大きい場合に払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the sixteenth aspect, the wiping range can be changed when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and the vehicle speed is high.
 本願の第17の態様は、上記第10~第15の態様において、前記ワイパアームに設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させる洗浄液噴射を行うことをさらに含み、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定された場合に、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更すると共に前記洗浄液噴射を実行することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to a seventeenth aspect of the present application, in the tenth to fifteenth aspects, the method further includes performing cleaning liquid injection for injecting cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided on the wiper arm, and starting rotation of the second output shaft. Includes changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade and executing the cleaning liquid injection when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. This is a control method.
 上記第17の態様によれば、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定された場合に、払拭範囲の変更と共に、ワイパアームの先端側に設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させることにより、ウィンドシールドを広範囲に洗浄できる。 According to the seventeenth aspect, when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, along with the change of the wiping range, by spraying the cleaning liquid from the nozzle provided on the front end side of the wiper arm, Windshield can be cleaned extensively.
 本願の第18の態様は、上記第10の態様において、前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に設けられた撮影部が取得した前記ウィンドシールドの画像データと、前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に設けられ、前記ウィンドシールドに赤外線を照射し、赤外線の反射量または透過量に基づいて前記ウィンドシールドの表面の付着物を検知する光学検知部の検知結果と、に基づいて、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法である。 According to an eighteenth aspect of the present invention, in the tenth aspect, starting the rotation of the second output shaft is acquired by a photographing unit provided on an upper side of a passenger seat on the passenger compartment side of the windshield. Windshield image data, and provided on the passenger seat side upper part of the windshield, irradiates the windshield with infrared rays, and deposits on the surface of the windshield based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays A vehicle wiper comprising: determining a wide field of view on the passenger seat side based on a detection result of an optical detection unit that detects a vehicle seat; and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade This is a method for controlling the apparatus.
 上記第18の態様によれば、撮影部が取得したウィンドシールドの画像データと光学検知部の検知結果とに基づいて助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、払拭範囲の変更を実行することができる。 According to the eighteenth aspect, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured based on the image data of the windshield acquired by the photographing unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, and the wiping range is changed. Can be executed.
本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置を含む車両用ワイパシステムの一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of the wiper system for vehicles containing the wiper apparatus for vehicles which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の停止状態での平面図である。It is a top view in the stop state of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 図2のA-A線に沿った第2ホルダ部材の断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the second holder member along the line AA in FIG. 2. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の動作中の平面図である。It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の動作中の平面図である。It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の動作中の平面図である。It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の動作中の平面図である。It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置の動作中の平面図である。It is a top view in operation of the wiper device for vehicles concerning a 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係るワイパシステムの回路を模式的に示した回路図である。FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram schematically showing a circuit of the wiper system according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の第1の実施形態における第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた第2出力軸の回転角度を規定した第2出力軸回転角度マップの一例を示している。An example of the 2nd output axis rotation angle map which specified the rotation angle of the 2nd output axis according to the rotation angle of the 1st output axis in a 1st embodiment of this indication is shown. 交差点に侵入した車両が左折しつつある状態を示した鳥瞰図の一例である。It is an example of the bird's-eye view which showed the state in which the vehicle which invaded the intersection is turning left. 本開示の第1の実施の形態に係るワイパシステムにおける、車両の左折を検知してウィンドシールドガラスの助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する左折時払拭処理の一例を示したフローチャートである。It is the flowchart which showed an example of the wiping process at the time of the left turn which detects the left turn of the vehicle and changes the wiping range by the side of the passenger seat of a windshield glass in the wiper system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this indication. 払拭範囲の変更の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of the change of the wiping range. 払拭範囲の変更によって運転者の視界が広い範囲で確保されたことを示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows that the driver | operator's visual field was ensured in the wide range by the change of the wiping range. 本開示の第2の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置において、車載カメラが撮影した車両前方の画像の一例である。In the vehicle wiper device according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure, it is an example of an image in front of the vehicle captured by an in-vehicle camera. 図14Aに示した画像から道路の白線を抽出した状態の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of the state which extracted the white line of the road from the image shown to FIG. 14A. 本開示の第2の実施の形態に係るワイパシステムにおける、車両の前方の左カーブを検知してウィンドシールドガラスの助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する左折時払拭処理の一例を示したフローチャートである。9 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a left turn wiping process for detecting a left curve ahead of a vehicle and changing a wiping range on the passenger seat side of a windshield glass in a wiper system according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure. . 本開示の第3の実施の形態に係るワイパシステムの構成の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of the structure of the wiper system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第3の実施の形態に係るウォッシャポンプの一例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the washer pump which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第1の実施の形態のウィンドシールドガラスへのウォッシャ液の付着の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of adhesion | attachment of the washer liquid to the windshield glass of 1st Embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第3の実施の形態に係るワイパシステムの往動時でのウォッシャ液付着の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of washer liquid adhesion at the time of forward movement of the wiper system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this indication. 払拭範囲を変更しないワイパ装置の一例を示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed an example of the wiper apparatus which does not change the wiping range. 払拭範囲を変更しないことにより、運転者の視界が制限されていることを示した概略図である。It is the schematic which showed that a driver | operator's visual field was restrict | limited by not changing the wiping range. 払拭範囲を変更しない場合に生じる非払拭範囲を示した説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which showed the non-wiping range which arises when not changing a wiping range.
 〔第1の実施の形態〕
 図1は、本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る車両用ワイパ装置(以下、「ワイパ装置」と称する)2を含むワイパシステム100の一例を示した概略図である。図1に示したワイパシステム100は、例えば、乗用自動車等の車両に備えられた「ウィンドシールド」としてのウィンドシールドガラス1を払拭するためのものであり、一対のワイパアーム(後述する運転席側ワイパアーム17及び助手席側ワイパアーム35)と、第1モータ11と、第2モータ12と、制御回路52と、駆動回路56と、ウォッシャ装置70と、を含んで構成されている。
[First Embodiment]
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a wiper system 100 including a vehicle wiper device (hereinafter referred to as “wiper device”) 2 according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. A wiper system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is for wiping a windshield glass 1 as a “windshield” provided in a vehicle such as a passenger car, for example, and includes a pair of wiper arms (driver seat side wiper arms described later). 17 and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35), the first motor 11, the second motor 12, the control circuit 52, the drive circuit 56, and the washer device 70.
 図1は、右ハンドル車の場合を示しているので、車両の右側(図1の左側)が運転席側、車両の左側(図1の右側)が助手席側である。車両が左ハンドル車の場合には、車両の左側(図1の右側)が運転席側、車両の右側(図1の左側)が助手席側になる。また、車両が左ハンドル車の場合には、ワイパ装置2の構成が左右反対になる。 Since FIG. 1 shows the case of a right-hand drive vehicle, the right side of the vehicle (left side of FIG. 1) is the driver's seat side, and the left side of the vehicle (right side of FIG. 1) is the passenger seat side. When the vehicle is a left-hand drive vehicle, the left side of the vehicle (right side in FIG. 1) is the driver's seat side, and the right side of the vehicle (left side in FIG. 1) is the passenger seat side. Further, when the vehicle is a left-hand drive vehicle, the configuration of the wiper device 2 is opposite to the left and right.
 第1モータ11は、出力軸が所定の回転角度の範囲で正回転及び逆回転することにより、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び助手席側ワイパアーム35の各々をウィンドシールドガラス1上で往復動作させるための駆動源である。本実施の形態では、第1モータ11が正回転した場合に、運転席側ワイパアーム17は運転席側ワイパブレード18が下反転位置P2Dから上反転位置P1Dを払拭するように動作し、助手席側ワイパアーム35は助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pを払拭するように動作する。また、第1モータ11が逆回転した場合には、運転席側ワイパアーム17は運転席側ワイパブレード18が上反転位置P1Dから下反転位置P2Dを払拭するように動作し、助手席側ワイパアーム35は助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pから下反転位置P2Pを払拭するように動作する。 The first motor 11 reciprocates each of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 on the windshield glass 1 by rotating the output shaft forward and backward within a range of a predetermined rotation angle. It is a driving source. In the present embodiment, when the first motor 11 rotates forward, the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 operates so that the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the upper inversion position P1D from the lower inversion position P2D. The wiper arm 35 operates so that the passenger-side wiper blade 36 wipes the upper inversion position P1P from the lower inversion position P2P. When the first motor 11 rotates in the reverse direction, the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 operates so that the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the upper inverted position P1D to the lower inverted position P2D, and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 The passenger-side wiper blade 36 operates so as to wipe from the upper inversion position P1P to the lower inversion position P2P.
 ウィンドシールドガラス1の外縁部は、可視光及び紫外線を遮るため、セラミックス系の黒色顔料が塗布された遮光部1Aとなっている。黒色顔料は、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の外縁部に塗布された後、所定温度で加熱されることにより溶融し、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室側表面に定着される。ウィンドシールドガラス1は、外縁部に塗布された接着剤により車体に固定されるが、図1に示したように、紫外線を透過させない遮光部1Aを外縁部に設けることにより、紫外線による当該接着剤の劣化を抑制する。 The outer edge portion of the windshield glass 1 is a light shielding portion 1A coated with a ceramic black pigment in order to block visible light and ultraviolet rays. The black pigment is applied to the outer edge of the windshield glass 1 on the vehicle interior side, and then melted by being heated at a predetermined temperature, and is fixed on the vehicle interior side surface of the windshield glass 1. The windshield glass 1 is fixed to the vehicle body by an adhesive applied to the outer edge portion. However, as shown in FIG. 1, the light shielding portion 1A that does not transmit ultraviolet rays is provided at the outer edge portion, so that the adhesive by ultraviolet rays is provided. Suppresses deterioration.
 後述する第2モータ12が動作しない場合には、第1モータ11の出力軸(後述する第1出力軸11A)が0°から所定の回転角度(以下、「第1所定回転角度」と称する)までの回転角度で正回転及び逆回転することにより、運転席側ワイパブレード18は払拭範囲H1を、助手席側ワイパブレード36は払拭範囲Z1を、各々払拭する。 When the second motor 12 described later does not operate, the output shaft of the first motor 11 (first output shaft 11A described later) is rotated from 0 ° to a predetermined rotation angle (hereinafter referred to as “first predetermined rotation angle”). By rotating in the forward and reverse directions up to the rotation angle, the driver seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the wiping range H1, and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 wipes the wiping range Z1.
 第2モータ12は、当該第2モータ12の出力軸(後述する第2出力軸12A)が0°から所定の回転角度(以下、「第2所定回転角度」と称する)までの回転角度で正回転及び逆回転することにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35を見かけ上伸長させる駆動源である。前述の第1モータ11が動作中に第2モータ12が動作することにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35は助手席側上方に見かけ上伸長され、助手席側ワイパブレード36は払拭範囲Z2を払拭する。また、第2所定回転角度の大きさを変更することにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35が伸長する範囲を変更することが可能となる。例えば、第2所定回転角度を大きくすれば、助手席側ワイパアーム35が伸長する範囲は大きくなり、第2所定回転角度を小さくすれば、助手席側ワイパアーム35が伸長する範囲は小さくなる。 The second motor 12 is positive at a rotation angle from 0 ° to a predetermined rotation angle (hereinafter referred to as “second predetermined rotation angle”) of an output shaft of the second motor 12 (second output shaft 12A described later). This is a drive source that apparently extends the wiper arm 35 on the passenger seat side by rotating and reversely rotating. By operating the second motor 12 while the first motor 11 is operating, the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is apparently extended upward on the passenger seat side, and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 wipes the wiping range Z2. Further, by changing the magnitude of the second predetermined rotation angle, it is possible to change the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 extends. For example, if the second predetermined rotation angle is increased, the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 extends is increased, and if the second predetermined rotation angle is decreased, the range in which the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is extended is decreased.
 第1モータ11及び第2モータ12は、各々の出力軸の回転方向を正回転及び逆回転に制御可能であると共に、各々の出力軸の回転速度も制御可能なモータであり、一例としてブラシ付きDCモータ及びブラシレスDCモータのいずれかである。 The first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are motors that can control the rotation direction of each output shaft to forward rotation and reverse rotation, and can also control the rotation speed of each output shaft. Either a DC motor or a brushless DC motor.
 第1モータ11及び第2モータ12には、各々の回転を制御するための制御回路52が接続されている。本実施の形態に係る制御回路52は、例えば、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の出力軸末端付近に設けられた「回転角検出部」としての絶対角センサ(図示せず)が検知した第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の出力軸の回転方向、回転位置、回転速度及び回転角度に基づいて、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々に印加する電圧のデューティ比を算出する。 A control circuit 52 for controlling each rotation is connected to the first motor 11 and the second motor 12. The control circuit 52 according to the present embodiment includes, for example, an absolute angle sensor (not shown) as a “rotation angle detector” provided near the output shaft ends of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12. The duty ratio of the voltage applied to each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 based on the detected rotation direction, rotation position, rotation speed, and rotation angle of the output shaft of each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12. Is calculated.
 本実施の形態では、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々に印加する電圧を、電源である車載バッテリの電圧(略12V)をスイッチング素子によってオンオフしてパルス状の波形に変調するパルス幅変調(PWM)によって生成する。本実施の形態でデューティ比は、PWMによって生成される電圧の波形の1周期間に対する前述のスイッチング素子がオンになったことで生じる1のパルスの時間の割合である。また、PWMによって生成される電圧の波形の1周期は、前述の1のパルスの時間と前述のスイッチング素子がオフになりパルスが生じない時間との和である。駆動回路56は、制御回路52によって算出されたデューティ比に従って駆動回路56内のスイッチング素子をオンオフさせて第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々に印加する電圧を生成し、生成した電圧を第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の巻線の端子に印加する。 In the present embodiment, the voltage applied to each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 is a pulse width that modulates the voltage (approximately 12V) of the on-vehicle battery as a power source by turning on and off the switching element by a switching element. Generated by modulation (PWM). In this embodiment, the duty ratio is a ratio of the time of one pulse generated when the switching element is turned on with respect to one period of a waveform of a voltage generated by PWM. One period of the waveform of the voltage generated by PWM is the sum of the time of the one pulse described above and the time during which the switching element is turned off and no pulse is generated. The drive circuit 56 turns on and off switching elements in the drive circuit 56 in accordance with the duty ratio calculated by the control circuit 52 to generate voltages to be applied to the first motor 11 and the second motor 12, and the generated voltages are supplied to the first circuit. The voltage is applied to each winding terminal of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12.
 本実施の形態に係る第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々は、ウォームギアで構成された減速機構を有しているので、各々の出力軸の回転方向、回転速度及び回転角度は、第1モータ11本体及び第2モータ12本体の各々の回転速度及び回転角度と同一ではない。しかしながら、本実施の形態では、各モータと各減速機構とは、一体不可分に構成されているので、以下、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の出力軸の回転速度及び回転角度を、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の回転方向、回転速度及び回転角度とみなすものとする。 Since each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 according to the present embodiment has a speed reduction mechanism composed of a worm gear, the rotation direction, the rotation speed, and the rotation angle of each output shaft are the first The rotation speed and rotation angle of the motor 11 main body and the second motor 12 main body are not the same. However, in the present embodiment, each motor and each speed reduction mechanism are inseparably configured. Therefore, hereinafter, the rotation speed and the rotation angle of each output shaft of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are expressed as follows. The rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle of each of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are considered.
 絶対角センサは、例えば第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の減速機構内に設けられ、各々の出力軸に連動して回転する励磁コイル又はマグネットの磁界(磁力)を電流に変換して検出するセンサであり、一例として、MRセンサ等の磁気センサである。 The absolute angle sensor is provided, for example, in each speed reduction mechanism of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12, and converts the magnetic field (magnetic force) of an excitation coil or a magnet that rotates in conjunction with each output shaft into a current. It is a sensor to detect, for example, a magnetic sensor such as an MR sensor.
 制御回路52は、第1モータの出力軸末端付近に設けられた絶対角センサが検出した第1モータ11の出力軸の回転角度から運転席側ワイパブレード18のウィンドシールドガラス1上での位置を算出可能なマイクロコンピュータ58を備えている。マイクロコンピュータ58は、算出した位置に応じて第1モータ11の出力軸の回転速度が変化するように駆動回路56を制御する。 The control circuit 52 determines the position of the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 on the windshield glass 1 from the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 detected by an absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the first motor. A computable microcomputer 58 is provided. The microcomputer 58 controls the drive circuit 56 so that the rotational speed of the output shaft of the first motor 11 changes according to the calculated position.
 また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、第1モータの出力軸末端付近に設けられた絶対角センサが検出した第1モータ11の出力軸の回転角度から助手席側ワイパブレード36のウィンドシールドガラス1上での位置を算出し、算出した位置に応じて第2モータ12の出力軸の回転速度が変化するように駆動回路56を制御する。また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、第2モータ12の出力軸末端付近に設けられた絶対角センサが検出した第2モータ12の出力軸の回転角度から助手席側ワイパアーム35の伸長の程度を算出する。 Further, the microcomputer 58 detects the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 detected by the absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the first motor on the windshield glass 1 of the passenger side wiper blade 36. The position is calculated, and the drive circuit 56 is controlled so that the rotational speed of the output shaft of the second motor 12 changes according to the calculated position. Further, the microcomputer 58 calculates the degree of extension of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 from the rotation angle of the output shaft of the second motor 12 detected by the absolute angle sensor provided near the output shaft end of the second motor 12.
 制御回路52には、駆動回路56の制御に用いるデータ及びプログラムを記憶した記憶装置であるメモリ60が設けられている。メモリ60は、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36のウィンドシールドガラス1上の位置を示す第1モータ11の出力軸の回転角度に応じて第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の各々の出力軸の回転速度等(回転角度を含む)を算出するためのデータ及びプログラムを記憶している。 The control circuit 52 is provided with a memory 60 that is a storage device that stores data and programs used to control the drive circuit 56. The memory 60 stores the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 according to the rotation angle of the output shaft of the first motor 11 indicating the positions of the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 on the windshield glass 1. Data and a program for calculating the rotation speed and the like (including the rotation angle) of each output shaft are stored.
 また、マイクロコンピュータ58には、車両のエンジン等の制御を統括する車両ECU(Electronic Control Unit)90が接続されている。また、車両ECU90には、ワイパスイッチ50、方向指示器スイッチ54、ウォッシャスイッチ62、レインセンサ76、車両の速度を検知する車速センサ92、車両の前方を撮影する車載カメラ94、GPS(Global Positioning System)装置96及び操舵角センサ98が接続されている。 The microcomputer 58 is connected to a vehicle ECU (Electronic Control Unit) 90 that controls the vehicle engine and the like. Further, the vehicle ECU 90 includes a wiper switch 50, a direction indicator switch 54, a washer switch 62, a rain sensor 76, a vehicle speed sensor 92 for detecting the vehicle speed, an in-vehicle camera 94 for photographing the front of the vehicle, a GPS (Global Positioning System). ) A device 96 and a steering angle sensor 98 are connected.
 ワイパスイッチ50は、車両のバッテリから第1モータ11に供給される電力をオン又はオフするスイッチである。ワイパスイッチ50は、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36を、低速で動作させる低速作動モード選択位置、高速で動作させる高速作動モード選択位置、一定周期で間欠的に動作させる間欠作動モード選択位置、レインセンサ76が雨滴を検知した場合に動作させるAUTO(オート)作動モード選択位置、格納(停止)モード選択位置に切替可能である。また、各モードの選択位置に応じた信号を、車両ECU90を介してマイクロコンピュータ58に出力する。 The wiper switch 50 is a switch that turns on or off the power supplied from the vehicle battery to the first motor 11. The wiper switch 50 is a low-speed operation mode selection position for operating the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 at a low speed, a high-speed operation mode selection position for operating at a high speed, and an intermittent operation that operates intermittently at a constant cycle. The mode selection position can be switched to an AUTO (auto) operation mode selection position and a storage (stop) mode selection position that are operated when the rain sensor 76 detects raindrops. Further, a signal corresponding to the selected position of each mode is output to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90.
 ワイパスイッチ50から各モードの選択位置に応じて出力された信号が車両ECU90を介してマイクロコンピュータ58に入力されると、マイクロコンピュータ58がワイパスイッチ50からの出力信号に対応する制御をメモリ60に記憶されたデータ及びプログラムを用いて行う。 When a signal output from the wiper switch 50 according to the selected position of each mode is input to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90, the microcomputer 58 controls the memory 60 to control corresponding to the output signal from the wiper switch 50. This is done using stored data and programs.
 本実施の形態では、ワイパスイッチ50には、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を払拭範囲Z2に変更する変更モードスイッチが別途設けられていてもよい。変更モードスイッチがオンになると、所定の信号が車両ECU90を介してマイクロコンピュータ58に入力される。マイクロコンピュータ58は、所定の信号が入力されると、例えば、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに動作する場合に、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御する。 In the present embodiment, the wiper switch 50 may be separately provided with a change mode switch for changing the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 to the wiping range Z2. When the change mode switch is turned on, a predetermined signal is input to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90. When a predetermined signal is input to the microcomputer 58, for example, when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 operates from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P, the second motor 12 is configured to wipe the wiping range Z2. To control.
 方向指示器スイッチ54は、車両の方向指示器(図示せず)の作動を指示するスイッチであり、運転者の操作により、右又は左の方向指示器をオンにするための信号を車両ECU90に出力する。車両ECU90は、方向指示器スイッチ54から出力された信号に基づいて、右又は左の方向指示器のランプを点滅させる。方向指示器スイッチ54から出力された信号は、車両ECU90を介してマイクロコンピュータ58にも入力される。 The direction indicator switch 54 is a switch for instructing the operation of a vehicle direction indicator (not shown). A signal for turning on the right or left direction indicator is operated to the vehicle ECU 90 by a driver's operation. Output. The vehicle ECU 90 causes the right or left direction indicator lamp to blink based on the signal output from the direction indicator switch 54. A signal output from the direction indicator switch 54 is also input to the microcomputer 58 via the vehicle ECU 90.
 ウォッシャスイッチ62は、車両のバッテリからウォッシャモータ64、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12に供給される電力をオン又はオフするスイッチである。ウォッシャスイッチ62は、例えば、前述のワイパスイッチ50を備えたレバー等の操作手段に一体に設けられ、当該レバー等を乗員が手元に引く等の操作によりオンになる。マイクロコンピュータ58は、ウォッシャスイッチ62がオンになると、ウォッシャモータ64及び第1モータ11を作動させる。マイクロコンピュータ58は、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pまで払拭する場合には、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように、助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pから下反転位置P2Pまで払拭する場合には、払拭範囲Z1を払拭するように第2モータ12を各々制御する。かかる制御により、ウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側を広く払拭することが可能となる。 The washer switch 62 is a switch for turning on or off the power supplied from the battery of the vehicle to the washer motor 64, the first motor 11 and the second motor 12. For example, the washer switch 62 is provided integrally with an operating means such as a lever provided with the wiper switch 50 described above, and is turned on by an operation such as pulling the lever or the like by a passenger. When the washer switch 62 is turned on, the microcomputer 58 operates the washer motor 64 and the first motor 11. When the wiper blade 36 on the passenger side wipes from the lower reverse position P2P to the upper reverse position P1P, the microcomputer 58 wipes the wiper blade 36 from the upper reverse position P1P so as to wipe the wiping range Z2. When wiping up to the reverse position P2P, the second motor 12 is controlled so as to wipe the wiping range Z1. With this control, the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 can be wiped widely.
 ウォッシャスイッチ62がオンになっている間は、ウォッシャ装置70が備えるウォッシャモータ64の回転でウォッシャポンプ66が駆動される。ウォッシャポンプ66はウォッシャ液タンク68内のウォッシャ液を運転席側ホース72A又は助手席側ホース72Bに圧送する。運転席側ホース72Aは、ウィンドシールドガラス1の運転席側の下方に設けられた運転席側ノズル74Aに接続されている。また、助手席側ホース72Bは、ウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の下方に設けられた助手席側ノズル74Bに接続されている。圧送されたウォッシャ液は、運転席側ノズル74A及び助手席側ノズル74Bからウィンドシールドガラス1上に噴射される。ウィンドシールドガラス1上に付着したウォッシャ液は、動作している運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36によってウィンドシールドガラス1上の汚れと一緒に払拭される。 While the washer switch 62 is on, the washer pump 66 is driven by the rotation of the washer motor 64 provided in the washer device 70. The washer pump 66 pumps the washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 to the driver side hose 72A or the passenger side hose 72B. The driver seat side hose 72A is connected to a driver seat side nozzle 74A provided below the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1. Further, the passenger seat side hose 72B is connected to a passenger seat side nozzle 74B provided below the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side. The pumped washer liquid is sprayed onto the windshield glass 1 from the driver seat side nozzle 74A and the passenger seat side nozzle 74B. The washer liquid adhering to the windshield glass 1 is wiped together with dirt on the windshield glass 1 by the operating driver side wiper blade 18 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36.
 マイクロコンピュータ58は、ウォッシャスイッチ62がオンになっている間のみ動作するようにウォッシャモータ64を制御する。また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、ウォッシャスイッチ62がオフになっても運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2D、P2Pに達するまで動作を継続するように第1モータ11を制御する。さらにマイクロコンピュータ58は、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1D、P1Pに向かって払拭している際にウォッシャスイッチ62がオフになった場合には、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が、第1モータ11の回転により上反転位置P1D、P1Pに達するまで、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御する。 The microcomputer 58 controls the washer motor 64 so that it operates only while the washer switch 62 is on. Further, the microcomputer 58 controls the first motor 11 so that the operation continues until the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reach the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P even when the washer switch 62 is turned off. Control. Further, when the washer switch 62 is turned off when the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 are wiped toward the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P, the microcomputer 58 The second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 until the wiper blade 18 and the passenger side wiper blade 36 reach the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P by the rotation of the first motor 11.
 レインセンサ76は、例えば、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側に設けられる光学センサの一種であり、ウィンドシールドガラス1表面の水滴を検知する。レインセンサ76は、一例として、赤外線の発光素子であるLED、受光素子であるフォトダイオード、赤外線の光路を形成するレンズ及び制御回路を含んでいる。LEDから放射された赤外線はウィンドシールドガラス1で全反射するが、ウィンドシールドガラス1の表面に水滴が存在すると赤外線の一部が水滴を透過して外部に放出されるため、ウィンドシールドガラス1での反射量が減少する。その結果、受光素子であるフォトダイオードに入る光量が減少する。かかる光量の減少に基づいて、ウィンドシールドガラス1表面の水滴を検知する。 The rain sensor 76 is, for example, a kind of optical sensor provided on the vehicle interior side of the windshield glass 1 and detects water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1. As an example, the rain sensor 76 includes an LED that is an infrared light emitting element, a photodiode that is a light receiving element, a lens that forms an infrared optical path, and a control circuit. The infrared rays emitted from the LED are totally reflected by the windshield glass 1, but if there are water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1, some of the infrared rays are transmitted through the water droplets and emitted to the outside. The amount of reflection decreases. As a result, the amount of light entering the photodiode that is the light receiving element is reduced. Based on the decrease in the amount of light, water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1 are detected.
 車速センサ92は、車両の車輪の回転数を検知し、当該回転数を示す信号を出力するセンサである。車両ECU90は、車速センサ92が出力した信号と車輪の周長から車速を算出する。 The vehicle speed sensor 92 is a sensor that detects the rotational speed of the vehicle wheel and outputs a signal indicating the rotational speed. The vehicle ECU 90 calculates the vehicle speed from the signal output from the vehicle speed sensor 92 and the circumference of the wheel.
 車載カメラ94は、車両前方を撮影し、動画像のデータを取得する装置である。車両ECU90は、車載カメラ94で取得した動画像のデータを画像処理することにより、車両がカーブに差し掛かっている等を判定することが可能である。また、車両ECU90は、車載カメラ94で取得した動画像のデータの輝度から、車両前方の明るさを算出できる。 The in-vehicle camera 94 is a device that captures the front of the vehicle and acquires moving image data. The vehicle ECU 90 can determine whether the vehicle is approaching a curve or the like by performing image processing on moving image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94. Further, the vehicle ECU 90 can calculate the brightness in front of the vehicle from the luminance of the moving image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94.
 なお、レインセンサ76及び車載カメラ94は、一例として、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の中央上部に相当する位置に設けられ、より具体的にはバックミラーの裏側等に設けられる(図示せず)場合が少なくない。しかしながら、本実施の形態では、レインセンサ76及び車載カメラ94の位置を、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の中央上部に限定せず、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の助手席側上部にしてもよい。レインセンサ76及び車載カメラ94をウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の助手席側上部に設けることにより、図20に示した非払拭範囲Xの少なくとも一部の情報(画像及び水滴の有無)を取得可能に構成してもよい。なお、図20の非払拭範囲Xは、助手席側ワイパアーム35を伸長させた場合の払拭範囲Z2内ではあるものの、助手席側ワイパアーム35を伸長させない場合の払拭範囲Z1外に存在する領域である。 As an example, the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 are provided at a position corresponding to the center upper portion of the windshield glass 1 on the vehicle interior side, and more specifically, provided on the back side of the rearview mirror or the like (not shown). ) There are many cases. However, in the present embodiment, the position of the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 is not limited to the upper center of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger compartment side, but is set on the passenger seat side upper portion of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger compartment side. Also good. By providing the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 on the passenger seat side upper portion of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side, information on at least a part of the non-wiping range X shown in FIG. You may comprise. Note that the non-wiping range X in FIG. 20 is an area that exists in the wiping range Z2 when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is extended, but outside the wiping range Z1 when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is not extended. .
 マイクロコンピュータ58は、レインセンサ76によってウィンドシールドガラス1表面、例えば非払拭範囲Xに水滴を検知した場合に、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御してもよい。 The microcomputer 58 may control the second motor 12 to wipe the wiping range Z2 when the rain sensor 76 detects water droplets on the surface of the windshield glass 1, for example, the non-wiping range X.
 また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、車載カメラ94が取得した画像データの画素特徴量に基づいて、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御してもよい。例えば、マイクロコンピュータ58は、車載カメラ94が取得した画像データにおけるウィンドシールドガラス1の払拭範囲Z1の画像特徴量と非払拭範囲Xの画像特徴量との差が所定値以上になった場合に払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御する。 Further, the microcomputer 58 may control the second motor 12 to wipe the wiping range Z2 based on the pixel feature amount of the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94. For example, the microcomputer 58 wipes when the difference between the image feature amount of the wiping range Z1 of the windshield glass 1 and the image feature amount of the non-wiping range X in the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94 is equal to or larger than a predetermined value. The second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the range Z2.
 画像特徴量は、一例として輝度値であり、マイクロコンピュータ58は、払拭範囲Z1の輝度値と非払拭範囲Xの輝度値との差が所定値以上になった場合に非払拭範囲Xに付着物が存在すると判定して払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御する。 The image feature amount is, for example, a luminance value, and the microcomputer 58 adheres to the non-wiping range X when the difference between the luminance value of the wiping range Z1 and the luminance value of the non-wiping range X becomes a predetermined value or more. And the second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2.
 また、画像特徴量は、助手席側ワイパブレード36の先端部の動きベクトルを示すオプティカルフローであり、マイクロコンピュータ58は、当該オプティカルフローが示す助手席側ワイパブレード36の動きベクトルの変化量が所定値以下になった場合に、積雪がウィンドシールドガラス1上に存在するとみなして、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第2モータ12を制御する。 The image feature amount is an optical flow indicating a motion vector of the front end portion of the passenger-side wiper blade 36, and the microcomputer 58 has a predetermined amount of change in the motion vector of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 indicated by the optical flow. When the value is less than or equal to the value, the second motor 12 is controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 on the assumption that snow is present on the windshield glass 1.
 GPS装置は、上空にあるGPS衛星から受信した測位のための信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する装置である。本実施の形態では、ワイパシステム100専用のGPS装置96を用いるが、車両がカーナビゲーションシステム等の他のGPS装置を備える場合には、当該他のGPS装置を用いてもよい。 The GPS device is a device that calculates the current position of the vehicle based on a positioning signal received from a GPS satellite in the sky. In the present embodiment, the GPS device 96 dedicated to the wiper system 100 is used. However, when the vehicle includes another GPS device such as a car navigation system, the other GPS device may be used.
 操舵角センサ98は、一例としてステアリングの回転軸(図示せず)に設けられ、当該ステアリングの回転角度を検出するセンサである。 The steering angle sensor 98 is a sensor that is provided on a rotation shaft (not shown) of the steering as an example and detects the rotation angle of the steering.
 以下、図2~8を用いて、本実施の形態に係るワイパ装置2の構成を説明する。図2、図4~8に示したように、本実施の形態に係るワイパ装置2は、板状の中央フレーム3と、中央フレーム3に一端部が固定され、中央フレーム3から車両幅方向両側に延設された一対のパイプフレーム4、5とを備える。パイプフレーム4の他端部には、運転席側ワイパアーム17の運転席側ピボット軸15等を備えた第1ホルダ部材6が形成されている。また、パイプフレーム5の他端部には、助手席側ワイパアーム35の第2助手席側ピボット軸22等が設けられた第2ホルダ部材7が形成されている。ワイパ装置2は、中央フレーム3に設けられた支持部3Aで車両に支持されると共に、第1ホルダ部材6の固定部6A及び第2ホルダ部材7の固定部7Aの各々がボルト等により車両に締結されることにより、車両に固定される。 Hereinafter, the configuration of the wiper apparatus 2 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 to 8, the wiper device 2 according to the present embodiment has a plate-like central frame 3 and one end fixed to the central frame 3, and both sides of the central frame 3 in the vehicle width direction. A pair of pipe frames 4 and 5 are provided. A first holder member 6 including a driver seat side pivot shaft 15 of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the like is formed at the other end portion of the pipe frame 4. Further, the second holder member 7 provided with the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 and the like is formed at the other end portion of the pipe frame 5. The wiper device 2 is supported on the vehicle by a support portion 3A provided on the central frame 3, and each of the fixing portion 6A of the first holder member 6 and the fixing portion 7A of the second holder member 7 is attached to the vehicle by a bolt or the like. By being fastened, it is fixed to the vehicle.
 ワイパ装置2は、中央フレーム3の裏面(車室側に対向する面)に、ワイパ装置2を駆動させるための第1モータ11と第2モータ12とを備えている。第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aは、中央フレーム3を貫通して中央フレーム3の表面(車両の外部側の面)に突出し、第1出力軸11Aの先端部には第1駆動クランクアーム13の一端が固定されている。第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aは、中央フレーム3を貫通して中央フレーム3の表面に突出し、第2出力軸12Aの先端部には第2駆動クランクアーム14の一端が固定されている。 The wiper device 2 includes a first motor 11 and a second motor 12 for driving the wiper device 2 on the back surface (the surface facing the passenger compartment side) of the central frame 3. The first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 passes through the central frame 3 and protrudes from the surface of the central frame 3 (surface on the outside of the vehicle), and a first drive crank arm is provided at the tip of the first output shaft 11A. One end of 13 is fixed. The second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 passes through the central frame 3 and protrudes from the surface of the central frame 3, and one end of the second drive crank arm 14 is fixed to the tip of the second output shaft 12A. .
 第1ホルダ部材6には、運転席側ピボット軸15が回転可能に支持され、運転席側ピボット軸15の基端部(図2の奥側)には運転席側揺動レバー16の一端が固定され、運転席側ピボット軸15の先端部(図2の手前側)には運転席側ワイパアーム17のアームヘッドが固定されている。図1に示したように、運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部には、ウィンドシールドガラス1の運転席側を払拭するための運転席側ワイパブレード18が連結されている。 A driver seat side pivot shaft 15 is rotatably supported by the first holder member 6, and one end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 is provided at the base end portion (the back side in FIG. 2) of the driver seat side pivot shaft 15. The arm head of the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 is fixed to the tip of the driver's seat side pivot shaft 15 (front side in FIG. 2). As shown in FIG. 1, a driver seat side wiper blade 18 for wiping the driver seat side of the windshield glass 1 is connected to the tip of the driver seat side wiper arm 17.
 第1駆動クランクアーム13の他端と運転席側揺動レバー16の他端とは、第1連結ロッド19を介して連結されている。第1モータ11が駆動されると、第1駆動クランクアーム13は回転し、その回転力が第1連結ロッド19を介して運転席側揺動レバー16に伝達されて運転席側揺動レバー16を搖動させる。運転席側揺動レバー16が搖動されることにより運転席側ワイパアーム17も搖動し、運転席側ワイパブレード18が下反転位置P2Dと上反転位置P1Dとの間の払拭範囲H1を払拭する。 The other end of the first drive crank arm 13 and the other end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 are connected via a first connecting rod 19. When the first motor 11 is driven, the first drive crank arm 13 rotates, and the rotational force is transmitted to the driver seat side swing lever 16 via the first connecting rod 19, and the driver seat side swing lever 16. Sway. When the driver seat side swing lever 16 is swung, the driver seat side wiper arm 17 is also swung, and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the wiping range H1 between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D.
 図3は、図2のA-A線に沿った第2ホルダ部材7の断面図である。図3に示したように、第2ホルダ部材7には、第1助手席側ピボット軸21が第1軸線L1を中心として回転可能に支持させると共に、第2助手席側ピボット軸22が第2軸線L2を中心として回転可能に支持されている。本実施の形態では、第1軸線L1と第2軸線L2とが同一直線L(同心)上に配置されている。なお、図3は、図2、図4~8に示されている防水カバーKを外した状態を示している。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the second holder member 7 taken along line AA in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the first holder seat side pivot shaft 21 is supported on the second holder member 7 so as to be rotatable about the first axis L1, and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is secondly supported. It is supported so as to be rotatable about the axis L2. In the present embodiment, the first axis L1 and the second axis L2 are arranged on the same straight line L (concentric). FIG. 3 shows a state where the waterproof cover K shown in FIG. 2 and FIGS. 4 to 8 is removed.
 第2ホルダ部材7には、筒状部7Bが形成され、筒状部7Bの内周側には軸受23を介して第1助手席側ピボット軸21が回転可能に支持されている。第1助手席側ピボット軸21は筒状に形成され、第1助手席側ピボット軸21の内周側には軸受24を介して第2助手席側ピボット軸22が回転可能に支持されている。 The cylindrical part 7B is formed in the second holder member 7, and the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 is rotatably supported via a bearing 23 on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical part 7B. The first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is rotatably supported via a bearing 24 on the inner peripheral side of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21. .
 第1助手席側ピボット軸21の基端部には、第1助手席側揺動レバー25の一端が固定され、第1助手席側ピボット軸21の先端部には、第1駆動レバー26の一端が固定されている。図2に示したように、第1助手席側揺動レバー25の他端と運転席側揺動レバー16の他端とは、第2連結ロッド27により連結されている。従って、第1モータ11が駆動されて運転席側揺動レバー16搖動すると、第2連結ロッド27が駆動力を第1助手席側揺動レバー25に伝達し、第1助手席側揺動レバー25と共に、第1駆動レバー26を第1軸線L1周りに揺動(回転)させる。 One end of the first passenger seat side swing lever 25 is fixed to the base end portion of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21, and the first drive lever 26 has a first drive lever 26 attached to the distal end portion of the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21. One end is fixed. As shown in FIG. 2, the other end of the first passenger seat side swing lever 25 and the other end of the driver seat side swing lever 16 are connected by a second connecting rod 27. Accordingly, when the first motor 11 is driven and the driver's seat side swing lever 16 is pivoted, the second connecting rod 27 transmits the driving force to the first passenger's seat side swing lever 25 and the first passenger seat side swing lever. 25, the first drive lever 26 is swung (rotated) around the first axis L1.
  図3に示したように、第2助手席側ピボット軸22は、第1助手席側ピボット軸21よりも長く形成され、第2助手席側ピボット軸22の基端部及び先端部が第1助手席側ピボット軸21から軸方向に突出し、第2助手席側ピボット軸の基端部には、第2助手席側揺動レバー28の一端が固定され、第2助手席側ピボット軸22の先端部には、第2駆動レバー29の一端が固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 is formed longer than the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21, and the base end portion and the distal end portion of the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are the first. One end of a second passenger seat side swinging lever 28 is fixed to the base end portion of the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 so as to protrude in the axial direction from the passenger seat side pivot shaft 21. One end of the second drive lever 29 is fixed to the tip portion.
 第2駆動クランクアーム14の他端と第2助手席側揺動レバー28の他端とは、第3連結ロッド31によって連結されている。従って、第2モータ12が駆動されると、第2駆動クランクアーム14が回転し、第3連結ロッド31が第2駆動クランクアーム14の駆動力を第2助手席側揺動レバー28に伝達し、第2助手席側揺動レバー28と共に、第2駆動レバー29を揺動(回転)させる。前述のように第1助手席側ピボット軸21及び第2助手席側ピボット軸22は同軸に設けられているが、第1助手席側ピボット軸21及び第2助手席側ピボット軸22は互いには連動しておらず、第1助手席側ピボット軸21及び第2助手席側ピボット軸22は、各々独立して回転する。 The other end of the second drive crank arm 14 and the other end of the second passenger seat side swing lever 28 are connected by a third connecting rod 31. Therefore, when the second motor 12 is driven, the second drive crank arm 14 rotates, and the third connecting rod 31 transmits the driving force of the second drive crank arm 14 to the second passenger seat side swing lever 28. The second drive lever 29 is swung (rotated) together with the second passenger seat-side rocking lever 28. As described above, the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are provided coaxially, but the first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are not mutually connected. The first passenger seat side pivot shaft 21 and the second passenger seat side pivot shaft 22 are not interlocked and rotate independently of each other.
 図2、図4~8に示したように、ワイパ装置2は、第1駆動レバー26の他端側にある第3軸線L3を中心として回転可能に基端部が連結された第1従動レバー32を備える。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 to 8, the wiper device 2 includes a first driven lever having a base end portion coupled to a third axis L3 on the other end side of the first drive lever 26 so as to be rotatable. 32.
 ワイパ装置2は、第1従動レバー32の先端側にある第4軸線L4を中心として回転可能に基端部が連結されると共に、第2駆動レバー29の他端側にある第5軸線L5を中心として回転可能に先端側が連結された第2従動レバーであるアームヘッド33を備える。アームヘッド33は、当該アームヘッド33の先端に基端部が固定されるリテーナ34と共に助手席側ワイパアーム35を構成する。助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部には、ウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側を払拭するための助手席側ワイパブレード36が連結されている。 The wiper device 2 has a base end portion coupled to be rotatable about a fourth axis L4 on the distal end side of the first driven lever 32 and a fifth axis L5 on the other end side of the second drive lever 29. An arm head 33 which is a second driven lever having a distal end connected to be rotatable about the center is provided. The arm head 33 constitutes a passenger-side wiper arm 35 together with a retainer 34 whose base end is fixed to the distal end of the arm head 33. A front passenger side wiper blade 36 for wiping the front passenger side of the windshield glass 1 is connected to the front end of the front passenger side wiper arm 35.
 第1駆動レバー26、第2駆動レバー29、第1従動レバー32及びアームヘッド33は、第1軸線L1(第2軸線L2)から第3軸線L3までの長さと、第4軸線L4から第5軸線L5までの長さが同じになるように連結されている。第1駆動レバー26、第2駆動レバー29、第1従動レバー32及びアームヘッド33は、第3軸線L3から第4軸線L4までの長さと、第1軸線L1(第2軸線L2)から第5軸線L5までの長さが同じになるように連結されている。従って、第1駆動レバー26とアームヘッド33とが平行を保持し、かつ第2駆動レバー29と第1従動レバー32とが平行を保持することになり、第1駆動レバー26、第2駆動レバー29、第1従動レバー32及びアームヘッド33は、略平行四辺形状のリンク機構を構成する。 The first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 have a length from the first axis L1 (second axis L2) to the third axis L3, and from the fourth axis L4 to the fifth. It connects so that the length to the axis line L5 may become the same. The first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 have a length from the third axis L3 to the fourth axis L4, and the first axis L1 (second axis L2) to the fifth. It connects so that the length to the axis line L5 may become the same. Accordingly, the first drive lever 26 and the arm head 33 are kept parallel, and the second drive lever 29 and the first driven lever 32 are kept parallel. The first drive lever 26 and the second drive lever 29, the 1st driven lever 32, and the arm head 33 comprise the link mechanism of a substantially parallelogram shape.
 第5軸線L5は、助手席側ワイパアーム35が動作する際の支点であり、助手席側ワイパアーム35は、第1モータ11の駆動力により、第5軸線L5を中心として回転することによりウィンドシールドガラス1上を往復動作する。また、第2モータ12は、第1駆動レバー26、第2駆動レバー29、第1従動レバー32及びアームヘッド33で構成される略平行四辺形状のリンク機構を介して、第5軸線L5を、図4~6に示したように、図2、図7及び図8の場合よりもウィンドシールドガラス1の上方に移動させる。かかる第5軸線L5の移動により、助手席側ワイパアーム35は見かけ上伸長される。従って、第1モータ11と共に第2モータ12が動作することにより、助手席側ワイパブレード36は払拭範囲Z2を払拭する。 The fifth axis L5 is a fulcrum when the passenger-side wiper arm 35 operates. The passenger-side wiper arm 35 is rotated about the fifth axis L5 by the driving force of the first motor 11 to windshield glass. Reciprocates on 1. Further, the second motor 12 passes the fifth axis L5 through a substantially parallelogram link mechanism including the first drive lever 26, the second drive lever 29, the first driven lever 32, and the arm head 33. As shown in FIGS. 4 to 6, the windshield glass 1 is moved more than in the case of FIGS. By such movement of the fifth axis L5, the passenger side wiper arm 35 is apparently extended. Accordingly, when the second motor 12 is operated together with the first motor 11, the passenger side wiper blade 36 wipes the wiping range Z2.
 第2モータ12が動作せずに第1モータ11のみが動作する場合には、第5軸線L5は図2、図7及び図8に示した位置(以下、「第1位置」と称する)から動かない。従って、助手席側ワイパアーム35は、位置が変化しない第5軸線L5を中心に略円弧状の軌跡を描きながら下反転位置P2Pと上反転位置P1Pの間を動作し、助手席側ワイパブレード36は略扇形の払拭範囲Z1を払拭する。 When the second motor 12 does not operate and only the first motor 11 operates, the fifth axis L5 starts from the position shown in FIGS. 2, 7, and 8 (hereinafter referred to as “first position”). It does n’t move. Accordingly, the passenger side wiper arm 35 operates between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P while drawing a substantially arc-shaped locus around the fifth axis L5 whose position does not change, and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 The substantially fan-shaped wiping range Z1 is wiped.
 本実施の形態では、ウィンドシールドガラス1を広く払拭することを要する場合には、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに動作する往動時に、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第1モータ11及び第2モータ12を各々制御する。そして、上反転位置P1Pで反転した助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pに向かって動作する復動時に、払拭範囲Z1を払拭するように第1モータ11及び第2モータ12を各々制御する。助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pと上反転位置P1Pとの間を往復する際に、往動時には払拭範囲Z2を、復動時には払拭範囲Z1を、各々払拭することにより、ウィンドシールドガラス1の幅広い範囲を払拭できる。または、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pと上反転位置P1Pとの間を往復する際に、往動時には払拭範囲Z1を、復動時には払拭範囲Z2を、各々払拭することによっても、ウィンドシールドガラス1の幅広い範囲を払拭できる。または、往動時及び復動時に、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, when it is necessary to wipe the windshield glass 1 widely, the wiping range Z2 is wiped when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 moves from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P. Thus, the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are each controlled. Then, the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are respectively controlled so as to wipe the wiping range Z1 when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 reversed at the upper reversing position P1P moves toward the lower reversing position P2P. . When the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reciprocates between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P, the wiping range Z2 is wiped in the forward movement and the wiping range Z1 is wiped in the backward movement. 1 wide range can be wiped off. Alternatively, when the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reciprocates between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P, the wiping range Z1 is wiped in the forward movement and the wiping range Z2 is wiped in the backward movement. A wide range of windshield glass 1 can be wiped off. Alternatively, the wiping range Z2 may be wiped at the time of forward movement and backward movement.
 以下、本実施の形態に係るワイパ装置2の動作について説明する。本実施の形態では、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び運転席側ワイパブレード18は、第1モータ11の回転に従い、運転席側ピボット軸15を中心として動作するのみなので、以下では、助手席側ワイパアーム35及び助手席側ワイパブレード36の動作について詳述する。 Hereinafter, the operation of the wiper device 2 according to the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17 and the driver-seat-side wiper blade 18 only operate around the driver-seat-side pivot shaft 15 according to the rotation of the first motor 11. The operation of the passenger side wiper blade 36 will be described in detail.
 図2は、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pに位置している状態であり、助手席側ワイパアーム35が停止位置にある状態を示している。かかる状態で、前述のウォッシャスイッチ62又は変更モードスイッチがオンになると、制御回路52の制御により第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aが図4に示した回転方向CC1で回転することにより、第1駆動レバー26が回転を開始し、助手席側ワイパアーム35は、第5軸線L5を中心として回転動作を開始する。同時に、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aも、図4に示した回転方向CC2での回転を開始する。なお、本実施の形態では、第1出力軸11Aの回転方向CC1での回転、及び第2出力軸12Aの回転方向CC2での回転を、各々の出力軸における正回転とする。 FIG. 2 shows a state in which the passenger-side wiper blade 36 is positioned at the lower inversion position P2P, and the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is in the stop position. In this state, when the washer switch 62 or the change mode switch is turned on, the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates in the rotation direction CC1 shown in FIG. The first drive lever 26 starts rotating, and the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 starts rotating around the fifth axis L5. At the same time, the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 also starts to rotate in the rotational direction CC2 shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, the rotation in the rotation direction CC1 of the first output shaft 11A and the rotation in the rotation direction CC2 of the second output shaft 12A are defined as positive rotations in the respective output shafts.
 図4は、助手席側ワイパブレード36がウィンドシールドガラス1を途中(往動行程の略1/4)まで払拭した状態を示している。本実施の形態では、第1モータ11が回転方向CC1での回転を開始すると、第2モータ12の回転方向CC2での回転による駆動力が第2駆動レバー29に伝達される。第2モータ12の駆動力が伝達された第2駆動レバー29は、動作方向CW3に動作し、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5をウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の上方に向けて移動させる。 FIG. 4 shows a state where the passenger-side wiper blade 36 wipes the windshield glass 1 halfway (approximately 1/4 of the forward travel). In the present embodiment, when the first motor 11 starts to rotate in the rotation direction CC <b> 1, the driving force generated by the rotation of the second motor 12 in the rotation direction CC <b> 2 is transmitted to the second drive lever 29. The second drive lever 29 to which the driving force of the second motor 12 is transmitted operates in the operation direction CW3, and the fifth axis L5, which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is located above the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1. Move towards.
 図5は、第1出力軸11Aが0°と第1所定角度との間の中間回転角度まで回転したことにより、第1駆動レバー26がさらに回転され、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pと上反転位置P1Pとの間の行程(往動行程)の略中間点に到達した場合を示している。図5では、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aは、図4で示した回転方向CC2で第2所定回転角度まで回転した状態でもある。第2出力軸12Aの正回転での回転角度が最大となったことにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5は、第2駆動クランクアーム14、第3連結ロッド31、第2助手席側揺動レバー28及び第2駆動レバー29により、最も上方の位置(第2位置)まで持ち上げられる。その結果、助手席側ワイパブレード36の先端部は、図1に示したように、ウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の上方の角に近い位置まで移動される。なお、前述の中間回転角度は、第1所定回転角度の半分程度であるが、ウィンドシールドガラス1の形状等に応じて、個別に設定する。なお、第2位置は、各々の変更率において第5軸線L5が最も上方に配置される位置である。詳説すると、第2位置は、助手席側ワイパブレードが払拭範囲Z1より広い範囲(例えば、払拭範囲Z2)を払拭する際に、第1出力軸11Aが0°と第1所定角度との間の中間回転角度まで回転した時の第5軸線L5が配置される位置である。 FIG. 5 shows that when the first output shaft 11A is rotated to an intermediate rotation angle between 0 ° and the first predetermined angle, the first drive lever 26 is further rotated, and the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is in the lower inverted position. A case is shown in which a substantially intermediate point of the stroke (forward stroke) between P2P and the upper reversal position P1P is reached. In FIG. 5, the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is also rotated to the second predetermined rotation angle in the rotation direction CC2 shown in FIG. Due to the maximum rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A in the forward rotation, the fifth axis L5, which is the fulcrum of the passenger-side wiper arm 35, is connected to the second drive crank arm 14, the third connecting rod 31, the second The passenger seat side swing lever 28 and the second drive lever 29 are lifted to the uppermost position (second position). As a result, the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved to a position near the upper corner of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side, as shown in FIG. The intermediate rotation angle described above is about half of the first predetermined rotation angle, but is set individually according to the shape of the windshield glass 1 and the like. The second position is a position at which the fifth axis L5 is arranged at the uppermost position at each change rate. Specifically, the second position is determined when the first output shaft 11A is between 0 ° and the first predetermined angle when the passenger-side wiper blade wipes a range wider than the wiping range Z1 (for example, the wiping range Z2). This is the position at which the fifth axis L5 is arranged when rotated to the intermediate rotation angle.
 図6は、第1駆動レバー26がさらに回転されたことにより、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pと上反転位置P1Pとの間の行程(往動行程)の略3/4に達した場合を示している。図6では、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転方向は図4、5の場合と同じだが、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aは、図4、5の場合とは逆の回転方向CW2で回転する(逆回転)。第2出力軸12Aが回転方向CW2で回転することにより、第2駆動レバー29は動作方向CC3で動作し、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5は第2位置から下方へ移動される。その結果、助手席側ワイパブレード36は、その先端部が図1に示した払拭範囲Z2上方の破線で示された軌跡を描きながらウィンドシールドガラス1上を移動し、払拭範囲Z2を払拭する。 FIG. 6 shows that when the first drive lever 26 is further rotated, the passenger-side wiper blade 36 reaches approximately 3/4 of the stroke (forward stroke) between the lower inversion position P2P and the upper inversion position P1P. Shows the case. In FIG. 6, the rotation direction of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 is the same as that of FIGS. 4 and 5, but the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is opposite to the case of FIGS. It rotates in the rotation direction CW2 (reverse rotation). When the second output shaft 12A rotates in the rotation direction CW2, the second drive lever 29 operates in the operation direction CC3, and the fifth axis L5, which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is moved downward from the second position. The As a result, the front passenger side wiper blade 36 moves on the windshield glass 1 while wiping the wiping range Z2 while drawing the locus indicated by the broken line above the wiping range Z2 shown in FIG.
 図7は、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aが第1所定回転角度まで正回転し、かつ第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aが第2所定回転角度で逆回転した場合を示している。第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの正回転での回転角度が最大となったことにより、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び運転席側ワイパブレード18は、上反転位置P1Dに到達する。また、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aは、図5の示した状態(第2出力軸12Aが正回転にて第2所定回転角度に達した状態)から、第2所定回転角度で逆回転したことにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5は、図2に示した第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aが正回転を開始する前の位置である第1位置に戻っている。その結果、助手席側ワイパアーム35及び助手席側ワイパブレード36は、第2モータ12を駆動しない場合の払拭範囲Z1と同じ上反転位置P1Pに達する。 FIG. 7 shows a case where the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates forward to the first predetermined rotation angle and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 rotates reversely at the second predetermined rotation angle. Yes. Since the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 in the forward rotation is maximized, the driver seat side wiper arm 17 and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 reach the upper inversion position P1D. Further, the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 is reversed at the second predetermined rotation angle from the state shown in FIG. 5 (the state where the second output shaft 12A has reached the second predetermined rotation angle by forward rotation). Due to the rotation, the fifth axis L5, which is the fulcrum of the passenger-side wiper arm 35, is at the first position, which is the position before the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 shown in FIG. I'm back. As a result, the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reach the same upper inversion position P1P as the wiping range Z1 when the second motor 12 is not driven.
 図8は、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び運転席側ワイパブレード18並びに助手席側ワイパアーム35及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1D、P1Pから下反転位置P2D、P2Pに移動する復動時の状態(復動行程)を示している。復動時では、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aは逆回転し、図2、図4~7の場合とは逆方向の回転方向CW1で回転する。しかしながら、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aは回転せず、従って助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5は第1位置から移動しないので、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aが逆回転することにより、助手席側ワイパアーム35は略円弧状の軌跡を描く。その結果、助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端に連結された助手席側ワイパブレード36は、払拭範囲Z1を払拭する。 FIG. 8 shows a state in which the driver's seat side wiper arm 17 and the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 and the passenger's seat side wiper arm 35 and the passenger's seat side wiper blade 36 move from the upper inverted positions P1D and P1P to the lower inverted positions P2D and P2P. The state (return stroke) is shown. At the time of backward movement, the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 rotates in the reverse direction, and rotates in the rotation direction CW1 in the reverse direction to the case of FIGS. However, the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 does not rotate, and therefore the fifth axis L5, which is a fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, does not move from the first position, so the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 does not move. Is reversely rotated, the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 draws a substantially arc-shaped locus. As a result, the passenger side wiper blade 36 connected to the front end of the passenger side wiper arm 35 wipes the wiping range Z1.
 図9は、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム100の回路を模式的に示した回路図である。図9に示すように、ワイパシステム100は、制御回路52と駆動回路56とを含んでいる。 FIG. 9 is a circuit diagram schematically showing a circuit of the wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the wiper system 100 includes a control circuit 52 and a drive circuit 56.
 制御回路52は、前述のようにマイクロコンピュータ58とメモリ60を有し、マイクロコンピュータ58には、車両ECU90(図示せず)を介して、ワイパスイッチ50、方向指示器スイッチ54、ウォッシャスイッチ62、レインセンサ76、車速センサ92、車載カメラ94、GPS装置96、操舵角センサ98が各々接続されている。 As described above, the control circuit 52 includes the microcomputer 58 and the memory 60. The microcomputer 58 includes a wiper switch 50, a direction indicator switch 54, a washer switch 62, a vehicle ECU 90 (not shown), A rain sensor 76, a vehicle speed sensor 92, an in-vehicle camera 94, a GPS device 96, and a steering angle sensor 98 are connected to each other.
 駆動回路56は、第1モータ11を駆動させるための第1プリドライバ104及び第1モータ駆動回路108、第2モータ12を駆動させるための第2プリドライバ106及び第2モータ駆動回路110を備えている。また駆動回路56は、ウォッシャモータ64を駆動させるための、リレー駆動回路78、FET駆動回路80及びウォッシャモータ駆動回路57を有している。 The drive circuit 56 includes a first pre-driver 104 and a first motor drive circuit 108 for driving the first motor 11, and a second pre-driver 106 and a second motor drive circuit 110 for driving the second motor 12. ing. The drive circuit 56 includes a relay drive circuit 78, an FET drive circuit 80, and a washer motor drive circuit 57 for driving the washer motor 64.
 制御回路52のマイクロコンピュータ58は、第1プリドライバ104を介して第1モータ駆動回路108を構成するスイッチング素子をオンオフさせることにより第1モータ11の回転を、第2プリドライバ106を介して第2モータ駆動回路110のスイッチング素子をオンオフさせることにより第2モータ12の回転を、各々制御する。また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、リレー駆動回路78及びFET駆動回路80を制御することによりウォッシャモータ64の回転を制御する。 The microcomputer 58 of the control circuit 52 rotates the first motor 11 via the second pre-driver 106 by turning on and off the switching elements constituting the first motor driving circuit 108 via the first pre-driver 104. The rotation of the second motor 12 is controlled by turning on and off the switching elements of the two-motor drive circuit 110. The microcomputer 58 controls the rotation of the washer motor 64 by controlling the relay drive circuit 78 and the FET drive circuit 80.
 第1モータ11及び第2モータ12がブラシ付きDCモータの場合、第1モータ駆動回路108及び第2モータ駆動回路110は、各々4個のスイッチング素子を含む。スイッチング素子は、一例としてN型のFET(電界効果トランジスタ)である。 When the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are brushed DC motors, the first motor drive circuit 108 and the second motor drive circuit 110 each include four switching elements. The switching element is, for example, an N-type FET (field effect transistor).
 図9に示すように、第1モータ駆動回路108は、FET108A~108Dを含んでいる。FET108Aは、ドレインが電源(+B)に接続され、ゲートが第1プリドライバ104に接続され、ソースが第1モータ11の一端部に接続されている。FET108Bは、ドレインが電源(+B)に接続され、ゲートが第1プリドライバ104に接続され、ソースが第1モータ11の他端部に接続されている。FET108Cは、ドレインが第1モータ11の一端部に接続され、ゲートが第1プリドライバ104に接続され、ソースが接地されている。FET108Dは、ドレインが第1モータ11の他端部に接続され、ゲートが第1プリドライバ104に接続され、ソースが接地されている。 As shown in FIG. 9, the first motor drive circuit 108 includes FETs 108A to 108D. The FET 108 </ b> A has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source connected to one end of the first motor 11. The FET 108 </ b> B has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source connected to the other end of the first motor 11. The FET 108C has a drain connected to one end of the first motor 11, a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source grounded. The FET 108D has a drain connected to the other end of the first motor 11, a gate connected to the first pre-driver 104, and a source grounded.
 第1プリドライバ104は、マイクロコンピュータ58からの制御信号に従ってFET108A~108Dのゲートに供給する制御信号を切り替えることで、第1モータ11の駆動を制御する。すなわち、第1プリドライバ104は、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aを所定方向に回転(正回転)させる場合には、FET108AとFET108Dの組をオンさせ、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aを所定方向と逆方向に回転(逆回転)させる場合には、FET108BとFET108Cの組をオンさせる。また、第1プリドライバ104は、マイクロコンピュータ58からの制御信号に基づいて、FET108A及びFET108Dを断続的にオンオフさせるPWMを行う。 The first pre-driver 104 controls driving of the first motor 11 by switching a control signal supplied to the gates of the FETs 108A to 108D in accordance with a control signal from the microcomputer 58. That is, when the first pre-driver 104 rotates the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the first pre-driver 104 turns on the set of the FET 108A and the FET 108D and the first output of the first motor 11 When rotating the shaft 11A in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction (reverse rotation), the set of the FET 108B and the FET 108C is turned on. Further, the first pre-driver 104 performs PWM for intermittently turning on and off the FET 108A and the FET 108D based on a control signal from the microcomputer 58.
 第1プリドライバ104はPWMにより、FET108A及びFET108Dのオンオフに係るデューティ比を変化させることにより、第1モータ11の正回転での回転速度を制御する。当該デューティ比が大きくなれば、正回転時に第1モータ11の端子に印加される電圧の実効値が高くなり、第1モータ11の回転速度は大きくなる。 The first pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed of the first motor 11 in the forward rotation by changing the duty ratio related to the on / off of the FET 108A and the FET 108D by PWM. If the duty ratio is increased, the effective value of the voltage applied to the terminal of the first motor 11 during forward rotation is increased, and the rotation speed of the first motor 11 is increased.
 同様に、第1プリドライバ104はPWMにより、FET108B及びFET108Cのオンオフに係るデューティ比を変化させることにより、第1モータ11の逆回転での回転速度を制御する。当該デューティ比が大きくなれば、逆回転時に第1モータ11の端子に印加される電圧の実効値は高くなり、第1モータ11の回転速度は大きくなる。 Similarly, the first pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed in the reverse rotation of the first motor 11 by changing the duty ratio related to on / off of the FET 108B and the FET 108C by PWM. If the duty ratio increases, the effective value of the voltage applied to the terminal of the first motor 11 during reverse rotation increases, and the rotation speed of the first motor 11 increases.
 第2モータ駆動回路110は、FET110A~110Dを含んでいる。FET110Aは、ドレインが電源(+B)に接続され、ゲートが第2プリドライバ106に接続され、ソースが第2モータ12の一端部に接続されている。FET110Bは、ドレインが電源(+B)に接続され、ゲートが第2プリドライバ106に接続され、ソースが第2モータ12の他端部に接続されている。FET110Cは、ドレインが第2モータ12の一端部に接続され、ゲートが第2プリドライバ106に接続され、ソースが接地されている。FET110Dは、ドレインが第2モータ12の他端部に接続され、ゲートが第2プリドライバ106に接続され、ソースが接地されている。 The second motor drive circuit 110 includes FETs 110A to 110D. The FET 110 </ b> A has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source connected to one end of the second motor 12. The FET 110 </ b> B has a drain connected to the power supply (+ B), a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source connected to the other end of the second motor 12. The FET 110C has a drain connected to one end of the second motor 12, a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source grounded. The FET 110D has a drain connected to the other end of the second motor 12, a gate connected to the second pre-driver 106, and a source grounded.
 第2プリドライバ106は、マイクロコンピュータ58からの制御信号に従ってFET110A~110Dのゲートに供給する制御信号を切り替えることで、第2モータ12の駆動を制御する。すなわち、第2プリドライバ106は、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aを所定方向に回転(正回転)させる場合には、FET110AとFET110Dの組をオンさせ、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aを所定方向と逆方向に回転(逆回転)させる場合には、FET110BとFET110Cの組をオンさせる。また、第2プリドライバ104は、マイクロコンピュータ58からの制御信号に基づいて、前述の第1プリドライバ104のようなPWMを行うことにより、第2モータ12の回転速度を制御する。 The second pre-driver 106 controls the driving of the second motor 12 by switching the control signal supplied to the gates of the FETs 110A to 110D in accordance with the control signal from the microcomputer 58. That is, when the second pre-driver 106 rotates the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the second pre-driver 106 turns on the set of the FET 110A and the FET 110D and outputs the second output of the second motor 12. When rotating the shaft 12A in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction (reverse rotation), the set of the FET 110B and the FET 110C is turned on. The second pre-driver 104 controls the rotational speed of the second motor 12 by performing PWM like the first pre-driver 104 described above based on the control signal from the microcomputer 58.
 第1モータ11の減速機構内における第1出力軸11Aの出力軸端部112には、2極のセンサマグネット112Aが固定され、センサマグネット112Aに対向するように第1絶対角センサ114が設けられている。 A two-pole sensor magnet 112A is fixed to the output shaft end portion 112 of the first output shaft 11A in the speed reduction mechanism of the first motor 11, and a first absolute angle sensor 114 is provided so as to face the sensor magnet 112A. ing.
 第2モータ12の減速機構内における第2出力軸12Aの出力軸端部116には、2極のセンサマグネット116Aが固定され、センサマグネット116Aに対向するように第2絶対角センサ118が設けられている。 A two-pole sensor magnet 116A is fixed to the output shaft end portion 116 of the second output shaft 12A in the speed reduction mechanism of the second motor 12, and a second absolute angle sensor 118 is provided so as to face the sensor magnet 116A. ing.
 第1絶対角センサ114はセンサマグネット112Aの磁界を、第2絶対角センサ118はセンサマグネット116Aの磁界を、各々検出し、検出した磁界の強さに応じた信号を出力する。マイクロコンピュータ58は、第1絶対角センサ114及び第2絶対角センサ118が各々出力した信号に基づいて、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11A及び第2モータ12の各々の回転角度、回転位置、回転方向及び回転速度を算出する。 The first absolute angle sensor 114 detects the magnetic field of the sensor magnet 112A, and the second absolute angle sensor 118 detects the magnetic field of the sensor magnet 116A, and outputs a signal corresponding to the detected magnetic field strength. The microcomputer 58 determines the rotational angle and rotational position of each of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 based on the signals output from the first absolute angle sensor 114 and the second absolute angle sensor 118, respectively. The rotation direction and the rotation speed are calculated.
 第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転角度からは、運転席側ワイパブレード18の下反転位置P2Dと上反転位置P1Dとの間での位置が算出できる。また、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aの回転角度からは、助手席側ワイパアーム35の見かけの伸長の程度(変更の程度)が算出できる。マイクロコンピュータ58は、第1出力軸11Aの回転角度から算出した運転席側ワイパブレード18の下反転位置P2Dと上反転位置P1Dとの間での位置に基づいて、第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を制御することにより、第1モータ11と第2モータ12の各々の動作を同期させる。一例として、メモリ60に、運転席側ワイパブレード18の下反転位置P2Dと上反転位置P1Dとの間での位置(又は第1出力軸11Aの回転角度)と第2出力軸12Aの回転角度とを対応付けたマップ(例えば、後述する第2出力軸回転角度マップ)を予め記憶させ、当該マップに従って、第1出力軸11Aの回転角度に応じて第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を制御する。 From the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11, the position between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 can be calculated. Further, from the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12, the degree of apparent extension (degree of change) of the passenger side wiper arm 35 can be calculated. The microcomputer 58 determines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A based on the position between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat wiper blade 18 calculated from the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A. By controlling the above, the operations of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are synchronized. As an example, in the memory 60, the position (or the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A) between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A (For example, a second output shaft rotation angle map described later) is stored in advance, and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is controlled according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A according to the map.
 図10は、本実施の形態における第1出力軸11Aの回転角度に応じた第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を規定した第2出力軸回転角度マップの一例を示している。図10の横軸は第1出力軸11Aの回転角度である第1出力軸回転角度θAであり、縦軸は第2出力軸12Aの回転角度である第2出力軸回転角度θBである。図10の原点Oは、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pにある状態を示している。図10のθ1は、第1出力軸11Aが第1所定回転角度θ1回転して、助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pにある状態を示している。 FIG. 10 shows an example of a second output shaft rotation angle map that defines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A in the present embodiment. The horizontal axis in FIG. 10 is the first output shaft rotation angle θ A that is the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A, and the vertical axis is the second output shaft rotation angle θ B that is the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A. . The origin O in FIG. 10 shows a state in which the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is at the lower inversion position P2P. Theta 1 of FIG. 10, the first output shaft 11A is in the first rotation predetermined rotation angle theta 1, passenger side wiper blade 36 indicates a state in which the upper reversal position P1P.
 マイクロコンピュータ58は、第1絶対角センサ114が第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aが回転を始めると、第1絶対角センサ114で検知した第1出力軸11Aの回転角度と第2出力軸回転角度マップとを照合する。かかる照合により、図10の曲線190で示された角度から、第1絶対角センサ114で検知した第1出力軸回転角度θAに対応する第2出力軸回転角度θBを算出し、算出した第2出力軸回転角度θBになるように第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を制御する。 When the first absolute angle sensor 114 starts rotation of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11, the microcomputer 58 detects the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A detected by the first absolute angle sensor 114 and the second output shaft. Check the rotation angle map. With this collation, the second output shaft rotation angle θ B corresponding to the first output shaft rotation angle θ A detected by the first absolute angle sensor 114 is calculated from the angle indicated by the curve 190 in FIG. so that the second output shaft rotation angle theta B controls the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12.
 より具体的には、マイクロコンピュータ58は、第1絶対角センサ114により第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転角度が0°から正回転方向で変化を開始した場合を、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pからの移動を開始したと判定し、第2出力軸12Aの正回転を開始させる。マイクロコンピュータ58は、前述のように、第2出力軸回転角度マップを用いて第1出力軸11Aの回転角度に対応した第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を決定するが、マイクロコンピュータ58は、第2絶対角センサ118からの信号に基づいて第2出力軸12Aの回転角度をモニターし、第2出力軸回転角度マップを用いて決定した回転角度になるように第2モータ12の回転を制御する。第2出力軸回転角度マップの設定によるが、図10に示したように、第1出力軸回転角度θAが0°と第1所定回転角度θ1との間の中間回転角度θmになった場合に、第2出力軸12Aの正回転での回転角度が第2所定回転角度θ2となるようにする。第2出力軸12Aの正回転での回転角度が第2所定回転角度θ2になることで、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5をウィンドシールドガラス1上の助手席側上方(第2位置)に移動させる。 More specifically, the microcomputer 58 determines that the first absolute angle sensor 114 starts to change the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 from 0 ° in the positive rotation direction. It is determined that the blade 36 has started to move from the lower inversion position P2P, and the second output shaft 12A starts to rotate forward. As described above, the microcomputer 58 determines the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A corresponding to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A using the second output shaft rotation angle map. 2 The rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is monitored based on the signal from the absolute angle sensor 118, and the rotation of the second motor 12 is controlled so as to be the rotation angle determined using the second output shaft rotation angle map. . Depending on the setting of the second output shaft rotation angle map, as shown in FIG. 10, the first output shaft rotation angle θ A becomes an intermediate rotation angle θ m between 0 ° and the first predetermined rotation angle θ 1. when the rotation angle in the forward rotation of the second output shaft 12A is set to be a second predetermined rotational angle theta 2. When the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A in the forward rotation becomes the second predetermined rotation angle θ 2 , the fifth axis L5, which is the fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35, is positioned above the passenger seat side on the windshield glass 1 ( To the second position).
 第2出力軸12Aの正回転での回転角度が第2所定回転角度θ2に達した後は、第2出力軸回転角度マップに従い、第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を減少させる。具体的には、第1出力軸11Aの回転角度が第1所定回転角度θ1に達して、助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pに達するまでに第2出力軸12Aを第2所定回転角度θ2で逆回転させることにより、第2出力軸12Aの回転角度を0°まで減少させる。かかる第2出力軸12Aの逆回転により、助手席側ワイパアーム35の支点である第5軸線L5は元の位置(第1位置)に戻される。 After the rotation angle in the forward rotation of the second output shaft 12A reaches a second predetermined rotational angle theta 2, in accordance with the second output shaft rotation angle map, reduces the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A. Specifically, the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A reaches the first predetermined rotational angle theta 1, the second output shaft 12A second predetermined rotation until the passenger's side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper reversal position P1P By rotating backward at an angle θ 2 , the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A is reduced to 0 °. By the reverse rotation of the second output shaft 12A, the fifth axis L5 that is the fulcrum of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is returned to the original position (first position).
 以上の説明は、助手席側ワイパブレード36を下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに移動させながら払拭範囲Z2を払拭させる場合である。助手席側ワイパブレード36を上反転位置P1Pから下反転位置P2Pに移動させながら払拭範囲Z2を払拭させる場合には、第1絶対角センサ114により第1出力軸11Aの回転角度が0°から逆回転方向で変化を開始した場合を、助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pからの移動を開始したと判定し、第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aの正回転を開始させる。なお、図10に示す第2出力軸回転角度マップは中間回転角度θmを軸にして左右対称な曲線190となっているが、これに限定されることはない。マップの曲線はウィンドシールドガラス1の形状等に応じて、個別に設定する。 The above description is a case where the wiping range Z2 is wiped while the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P. When the wiping range Z2 is wiped while the passenger-side wiper blade 36 is moved from the upper inversion position P1P to the lower inversion position P2P, the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A is reversed from 0 ° by the first absolute angle sensor 114. When the change starts in the rotation direction, it is determined that the passenger-side wiper blade 36 has started to move from the upper reversal position P1P, and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 starts to rotate forward. Note that the second output shaft rotation angle map shown in FIG. 10 is has a symmetrical curve 190 by an intermediate rotation angle theta m to the shaft, but is not limited thereto. The curve of the map is set individually according to the shape of the windshield glass 1 and the like.
 また、マイクロコンピュータ58は、運転席側ワイパブレード18の下反転位置P2Dと上反転位置P1Dとの間での位置及び助手席側ワイパアーム35の払拭範囲の変更の程度に基づいて、ワイパブレードの払拭速度を変化させる等の制御を行うことも可能である。以下に、第2出力軸12Aの回転角度である第2所定回転角度を大きく設定して、助手席側ワイパアーム35の払拭範囲の変更の程度を大きくした場合の払拭速度の制御の一例について述べる。かかる場合には、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転角度が中間回転角度に近づくにつれて、第1出力軸11Aの回転速度を徐々に減速させる。そして、第1出力軸11Aの回転角度が中間回転角度に達した場合、すなわち、助手席側ワイパアーム35が最大に伸長される場合に、第1出力軸11Aの回転速度が極小となるように制御する。第1出力軸11Aの回転速度の制御には、例えば、第1出力軸11Aの回転角度に応じて規定された第1出力軸11Aの回転速度のマップ等(図示せず)を用いる。また、第1出力軸11Aの回転速度に対応して、第2出力軸12Aの回転速度も制御する。例えば、図10に示したような第2出力軸回転角度マップを用いているのであれば、第1出力軸11Aの回転に第2出力軸12Aの回転を同期できるので、第1出力軸11Aの回転速度の増減に対応して、第2出力軸12Aの回転速度も制御できる。かかる制御により、助手席側ワイパアーム35を伸長させる速度と助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭速度とを緩和でき、「助手席側ワイパアーム35が急激に伸びた」という違和感を乗員が覚える可能性を軽減できる。 Further, the microcomputer 58 wipes the wiper blade based on the position of the driver seat side wiper blade 18 between the lower inversion position P2D and the upper inversion position P1D and the degree of change in the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35. It is also possible to perform control such as changing the speed. In the following, an example of wiping speed control when the second predetermined rotation angle, which is the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A, is set large to increase the degree of change of the wiping range of the passenger-side wiper arm 35 will be described. In such a case, the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A is gradually reduced as the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 approaches the intermediate rotation angle. When the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A reaches the intermediate rotation angle, that is, when the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is extended to the maximum, control is performed so that the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A is minimized. To do. For example, a map (not shown) of the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A defined according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A is used for controlling the rotation speed of the first output shaft 11A. Further, the rotational speed of the second output shaft 12A is also controlled in accordance with the rotational speed of the first output shaft 11A. For example, if the second output shaft rotation angle map as shown in FIG. 10 is used, the rotation of the second output shaft 12A can be synchronized with the rotation of the first output shaft 11A. Corresponding to the increase / decrease in the rotation speed, the rotation speed of the second output shaft 12A can also be controlled. With this control, the speed at which the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is extended and the wiping speed of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 can be alleviated, and the possibility that the passenger feels a sense of incongruity that the passenger-side wiper arm 35 has expanded rapidly is reduced. it can.
 ウォッシャモータ駆動回路57は、2個のリレーRLY1、RLY2を内蔵したリレーユニット84、2個のFET86A、86Bを含んでいる。リレーユニット84のリレーRLY1、RLY2のリレーコイルはリレー駆動回路78に各々接続されている。リレー駆動回路78はリレーRLY1、RLY2のオンオフ(リレーコイルの励磁/励磁停止)を切り替える。リレーRLY1、RLY2は、リレーコイルが励磁されていない間は、共通端子84C1、84C2が第1端子84A1、84A2と各々接続している状態(オフ状態)を維持し、リレーコイルが励磁されると共通端子84C1、84C2を第2端子84B1、84B2に各々接続する状態に切り替わる。リレーRLY1の共通端子84C1はウォッシャモータ64の一端に接続されており、リレーRLY2の共通端子84C2はウォッシャモータ64の他端に接続されている。また、リレーRLY1、RLY2の第1端子84A1、84A2の各々はFET86Bのドレインに接続され、リレーRLY1、RLY2の第2端子84B1、84B2の各々は電源(+B)に接続されている。 The washer motor drive circuit 57 includes a relay unit 84 incorporating two relays RLY1 and RLY2, and two FETs 86A and 86B. The relay coils of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 of the relay unit 84 are connected to the relay drive circuit 78, respectively. The relay drive circuit 78 switches the relays RLY1 and RLY2 on and off (excitation / excitation stop of the relay coil). When the relay coils are not excited, the relays RLY1 and RLY2 maintain the state in which the common terminals 84C1 and 84C2 are connected to the first terminals 84A1 and 84A2 (off state), respectively, and the relay coils are excited. The common terminals 84C1 and 84C2 are switched to the state of connecting to the second terminals 84B1 and 84B2, respectively. The common terminal 84C1 of the relay RLY1 is connected to one end of the washer motor 64, and the common terminal 84C2 of the relay RLY2 is connected to the other end of the washer motor 64. The first terminals 84A1 and 84A2 of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 are connected to the drain of the FET 86B, and the second terminals 84B1 and 84B2 of the relays RLY1 and RLY2 are connected to the power source (+ B).
 FET86BはゲートがFET駆動回路80に接続され、ソースが接地されている。FET86Bのオンオフに係るデューティ比はFET駆動回路80によって制御される。また、FET86Bのドレインと電源(+B)との間にはFET86Aが設けられている。FET86Aは、ゲートに制御信号が入力されないのでオンオフの切り替えは行われず、寄生ダイオードをサージの吸収に用いる目的で設けられている。 The FET 86B has a gate connected to the FET drive circuit 80 and a source grounded. The duty ratio related to the on / off of the FET 86B is controlled by the FET drive circuit 80. An FET 86A is provided between the drain of the FET 86B and the power source (+ B). The FET 86A is provided for the purpose of using a parasitic diode for absorbing a surge without switching on and off because no control signal is input to the gate.
 リレー駆動回路78及びFET駆動回路80は、2個のリレーRLY1、RLY2とFET86Bとのオンオフを切り替えることで、ウォッシャモータ64の駆動を制御する。すなわち、ウォッシャモータ64の出力軸を所定方向に回転(正回転)させる場合、リレー駆動回路78はリレーRLY1をオンさせ(リレーRLY2はオフ)、FET駆動回路80は所定のデューティ比でFET86Bをオンさせる。上記の制御により、ウォッシャモータ64の出力軸の回転速度が制御される。 The relay driving circuit 78 and the FET driving circuit 80 control the driving of the washer motor 64 by switching on and off the two relays RLY1, RLY2 and the FET 86B. That is, when rotating the output shaft of the washer motor 64 in a predetermined direction (forward rotation), the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY1 (relay RLY2 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio. Let With the above control, the rotation speed of the output shaft of the washer motor 64 is controlled.
 図11は、交差点120に侵入した車両122が左折しつつある状態を示した鳥瞰図の一例である。左折する車両122の運転者の視線126は、歩行者等の巻き込みを防ぐために、車両の左前方に集中する。本実施の形態では、一例として、交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内に車両122が進入し、かつ車両122が左折する場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態(車両の姿勢が助手席側に変更される状態、言い換えると、運転車の視線が助手席側に変更される状態)であると判定する。かかる状況では、助手席側ワイパアーム35の動作範囲を変更して、助手席側ワイパブレード36で払拭範囲Z2を払拭させる。所定距離Dは、一例として20~30mであるが、かかる数値以外にも多様な値をとり得る。 FIG. 11 is an example of a bird's-eye view showing a state where the vehicle 122 that has entered the intersection 120 is turning left. The driver's line of sight 126 of the vehicle 122 turning left is concentrated on the left front of the vehicle in order to prevent a pedestrian or the like from getting involved. In the present embodiment, as an example, when the vehicle 122 enters within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120 and the vehicle 122 turns left, a state in which a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured (vehicle posture) Is changed to the passenger seat side, in other words, the state in which the line of sight of the driving vehicle is changed to the passenger seat side). In such a situation, the operation range of the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is changed, and the wiping range Z2 is wiped by the passenger-side wiper blade 36. The predetermined distance D is 20 to 30 m as an example, but can take various values other than the numerical value.
 以下、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム100の制御について説明する。図12は、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム100における、車両122の左折を検知してウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する左折時払拭処理の一例を示したフローチャートである。図12に示した一連の手順は、制御回路52内のマイクロコンピュータ58によって処理される。 Hereinafter, control of the wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a left turn wiping process in which the wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment detects a left turn of the vehicle 122 and changes the wiping range of the windshield glass 1 on the passenger seat side. A series of procedures shown in FIG. 12 is processed by the microcomputer 58 in the control circuit 52.
 図12のステップ110では、ワイパスイッチ50がオンになっているか否かを判定し、肯定判定の場合には手順をステップ112に移行させ、否定判定の場合には処理をリターンする。 In step 110 of FIG. 12, it is determined whether or not the wiper switch 50 is turned on. If the determination is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 112. If the determination is negative, the process returns.
 ステップ112では、方向指示器スイッチ54が左折のためにオンになっているか否かを判定し、肯定判定の場合には手順をステップ114に移行させ、否定判定の場合には処理をリターンする。 In step 112, it is determined whether or not the direction indicator switch 54 is turned on for a left turn. If the determination is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 114. If the determination is negative, the process returns.
 ステップ114では、車両122が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内に侵入したか否かを判定する。車両122が交差点120に接近し、所定距離D以内に侵入しつつあるか否かは、GPS装置によって算出された車両122の現在位置に基づいて判定する。車両122の現在位置は、GPS装置96により、GPS衛星から取得した信号に基づいて算出される。GPS装置96は、算出された車両122の現在位置をGPS装置96が備える地図データと照合し、車両122が地図データ上の交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内に存在するか否かを判定する。 In step 114, it is determined whether or not the vehicle 122 has entered within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120. Whether or not the vehicle 122 is approaching the intersection 120 and is entering within the predetermined distance D is determined based on the current position of the vehicle 122 calculated by the GPS device. The current position of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the GPS device 96 based on the signal acquired from the GPS satellite. The GPS device 96 collates the calculated current position of the vehicle 122 with map data provided in the GPS device 96, and determines whether the vehicle 122 exists within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120 on the map data. To do.
 または、GPS装置96が、車両122が走行するコース及び当該コース上のランドマークとして交差点120の中心124の位置を登録可能であれば、車両122の現在位置と登録されたコース及びランドマークの位置とを照合して車両122が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内に存在するか否かを判定してもよい。 Alternatively, if the GPS device 96 can register the position of the center 124 of the intersection 120 as a course on which the vehicle 122 travels and a landmark on the course, the current position of the vehicle 122 and the position of the registered course and landmark May be determined whether or not the vehicle 122 exists within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120.
 ステップ114で肯定判定の場合には、手順をステップ118に移行させる。ステップ114で否定判定の場合には、ステップ116で車両122の舵角が左折方向に閾値以上であるか否かを判定する。車両122の舵角は、操舵角センサ98が検知したステアリングの回転角度に基づいて車両ECU90又はマイクロコンピュータ58により算出される。ステップ116での舵角の閾値は多様な値をとり得るが、車両122が交差点120を左折するとの判断に足る角度であり、一般に車線変更等の場合よりも大きな値である。閾値の具体的な値は、車種及び車両の仕様によって異なるので、車種及び車両の仕様に応じて個別に決定する。 If the determination at step 114 is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 118. If the determination in step 114 is negative, it is determined in step 116 whether or not the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is greater than or equal to a threshold value in the left turn direction. The steering angle of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the vehicle ECU 90 or the microcomputer 58 based on the steering rotation angle detected by the steering angle sensor 98. Although the threshold value of the steering angle in step 116 can take various values, it is an angle sufficient to determine that the vehicle 122 is to turn left at the intersection 120, and is generally a larger value than in the case of a lane change or the like. Since the specific value of the threshold varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, it is determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
 ステップ116で肯定判定の場合には、手順をステップ118に移行させる。ステップ116で否定判定の場合には、処理をリターンする。 If the determination at step 116 is affirmative, the procedure proceeds to step 118. If the determination in step 116 is negative, the process returns.
 ステップ118では、車速センサ92が出力した信号から算出した車両122の速度の情報を取得する。車両122の速度が車両ECU90により算出されるのであれば、マイクロコンピュータ58は、車両ECU90から車両122の速度の情報を取得する。 In step 118, information on the speed of the vehicle 122 calculated from the signal output from the vehicle speed sensor 92 is acquired. If the speed of the vehicle 122 is calculated by the vehicle ECU 90, the microcomputer 58 acquires information on the speed of the vehicle 122 from the vehicle ECU 90.
 ステップ120では、車両122の速度が閾値速度以上か否かを判定する。閾値速度は、一例として徐行時の車両122の速度である。ステップ120で肯定判定の場合には、ステップ122で、図13Aに示したように、助手席側ワイパアーム35の動作範囲を変更して助手席側ワイパブレード36で払拭範囲Z2を払拭する。車両122の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に払拭範囲Z2を払拭するのは、交差点120にて信号待ち等をしているときに常に払拭範囲Z2を払拭することによる車両乗員へのワイパ装置2の動作の違和感を与えることを防ぐためである。ステップ122における払拭範囲の変更により、運転者の視野は図13Bのように広い範囲が確保される。 In step 120, it is determined whether or not the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or higher than a threshold speed. The threshold speed is, for example, the speed of the vehicle 122 during slow driving. If the determination in step 120 is affirmative, in step 122, as shown in FIG. 13A, the operating range of the passenger-side wiper arm 35 is changed and the wiping range Z2 is wiped with the passenger-side wiper blade 36. When the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or higher than the threshold speed, the wiping range Z2 is wiped when the wiper device 2 for the vehicle occupant is always wiped by wiping the wiping range Z2 while waiting for a signal at the intersection 120. This is to prevent giving an uncomfortable feeling of operation. By changing the wiping range in step 122, the driver's field of view is secured in a wide range as shown in FIG. 13B.
 ステップ122での払拭範囲Z2の払拭は、助手席側ワイパブレード36を下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに動作させる往動時に行われる。払拭範囲Z2を払拭した後に、助手席側ワイパブレード36を上反転位置P1Pから下反転位置P2Pに動作させる復動時には、図1に示した払拭範囲Z1を払拭させる通常動作を行うことにより、ウィンドシールドガラス1の広範な領域を払拭できる。なお、往動時に払拭範囲Z1を払拭させた後に、復動時に払拭範囲Z2を払拭するようにしてもよい。また、往動時及び復動時に払拭範囲Z2を払拭するようにしてもよい。 The wiping of the wiping range Z2 in step 122 is performed at the time of forward movement in which the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is moved from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P. After the wiping range Z2 is wiped, when the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved from the upper reverse position P1P to the lower reverse position P2P, the normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. A wide area of the shield glass 1 can be wiped off. In addition, after wiping the wiping range Z1 during the forward movement, the wiping range Z2 may be wiped during the backward movement. Moreover, you may make it wipe the wiping range Z2 at the time of forward movement and backward movement.
 ステップ122での往動時における変更された払拭範囲の払拭は、1以上の所定回数行われた後、処理をリターンする。所定回数は、交差点120での左折時に運転者の左前方の視界が確保されるに足る回数である。所定回数の具体的な値は、車種及び車両の仕様によって異なるので、車種及び車両の仕様に応じて個別に決定する。 The wiping of the changed wiping range at the time of the forward movement in step 122 is performed one or more predetermined times, and then the process returns. The predetermined number of times is a number enough to ensure the driver's left front field of view when making a left turn at the intersection 120. The specific value of the predetermined number of times varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, and is thus determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
 または、左折の方向指示器がキャンセルされた場合、GPS装置によって算出された車両の現在位置が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以上離れた場合及び車両122の舵角が閾値未満になった場合の少なくともいずれか1つの場合に、ステップ122での払拭範囲の変更を停止して処理をリターンしてもよい。 Alternatively, when the left turn direction indicator is canceled, when the current position of the vehicle calculated by the GPS device is more than a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and when the steering angle of the vehicle 122 becomes less than the threshold value In at least one of the cases, the change of the wiping range in step 122 may be stopped and the process may be returned.
 なお、ステップ120で否定判定の場合には、ステップ124で図1に示した払拭範囲Z1を払拭する通常動作を行って処理をリターンする。 If the determination in step 120 is negative, a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. 1 is performed in step 124, and the process returns.
 以上説明したように、本実施の形態では、図12に示した左折時払拭処理により、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲の変更を要する状況である左折時に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更することができる。車両122が直進しているような場合には助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲の変更を実行しないので、車両122の乗員がワイパ装置2の動作に違和感を覚えにくいという効果を奏する。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the wiping of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 at the time of a left turn that requires changing the wiping range of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 by the wiping process at the time of the left turn shown in FIG. The range can be changed. When the vehicle 122 is traveling straight, the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is not changed, so that an occupant of the vehicle 122 is less likely to feel discomfort in the operation of the wiper device 2.
 また、左折時に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更して運転者の視界をより広範に確保することにより、運転者が不安なく交差点120で車両122を左折させることができる。 In addition, when turning left, the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed to secure the driver's field of view so that the driver can turn the vehicle 122 to the left at the intersection 120 without anxiety.
 なお、本実施の形態では、右ハンドル車を例示して説明したので、左折時に助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する制御を行っている。左ハンドル車の場合には、右折時に助手席側の視界を確保する必要がある。左ハンドル車では、図12に示した処理を、「左折」を「右折」、「方向指示器スイッチ54が左折のためにオン」を「方向指示器スイッチ54が右折のためにオン」と読み替えることにより、対応可能である。 In the present embodiment, a right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example, and therefore control is performed to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 when turning left. In the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, it is necessary to secure the field of view of the passenger seat when turning right. In the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, the processing shown in FIG. 12 is read as “turn left” to “right turn” and “turn on the direction indicator switch 54 for turning left” to “turn on the direction indicator switch 54 to turn right”. This is possible.
 右ハンドル車及び左ハンドル車のいずれの場合も、車両が助手席側に曲がる場合に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する制御を行うことで、運転者の視界を広範囲に確保する。 In both the right-hand drive vehicle and the left-hand drive vehicle, when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side, the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is controlled to ensure a wide range of visibility for the driver. .
 本実施の形態では、図12で示したように、左折の方向指示器がオン、かつ車両122が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内で、車両122の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に払拭範囲を変更した。また、本実施の形態では、左折の方向指示器がオン、かつ車両122の舵角が閾値以上で、車両122の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に払拭範囲を変更した。すなわち、本実施の形態では、複数の条件が合致した場合に払拭範囲を変更するAND制御を実行している。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the left turn direction indicator is on, the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the vehicle 122 is wiped when the speed is equal to or higher than the threshold speed. The range was changed. In the present embodiment, the wiping range is changed when the left turn direction indicator is on, the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is equal to or greater than the threshold, and the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or greater than the threshold speed. That is, in the present embodiment, AND control is executed to change the wiping range when a plurality of conditions are met.
 しかしながら、状況に応じてより迅速に助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲の変更を開始するのであればOR制御を実行してもよい。例えば、左折の方向指示器がオン、車両122が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内、及び車両122の舵角が閾値以上の少なくともいずれか1つの場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態(車両の姿勢が助手席側に変更される状態、言い換えると運転者の視線が助手席側に変更される状態)であると判定して助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する。 However, the OR control may be executed if the change of the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is started more quickly according to the situation. For example, when the left turn direction indicator is on, the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is at least one of the threshold value or more, a wide field of view on the passenger seat side is secured. The wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed by determining that the vehicle should be in a state where the vehicle posture is changed to the passenger seat side (in other words, the driver's line of sight is changed to the passenger seat side). .
 または、左折の方向指示器がオン、車両122が交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内、及び車両122の舵角が閾値以上の少なくともいずれか1つの場合で、かつ車両122の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に助手席側前方の視界の確保を要する状況が発生したと判定して助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更してもよい。 Alternatively, the left turn direction indicator is on, the vehicle 122 is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the steering angle of the vehicle 122 is at least one of a threshold value and the speed of the vehicle 122 is the threshold speed. In the above case, it may be determined that a situation requiring the front view of the front side of the passenger seat has occurred, and the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 may be changed.
 なお、GPS装置によって算出された現在位置と地図情報とから所定地点へ向かうルートを設定するカーナビゲーションシステムにてルートを設定し、交差点120の中心124から所定距離D以内であり、かつカーナビゲーションシステムによる左折指示があった場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判断するようにしてもよい。この場合、交差点120を直進する際に払拭範囲を変更してしまうことを防ぐことができる。なお、上述の通り、本実施の形態では右ハンドル車を例示して説明した。すなわち、ここでいう「左折指示」とは、右ハンドル車において助手席側に曲がる指示を指している。したがって、左ハンドル車の場合には、「左折指示」に代えて「右折指示」である。 A route is set by a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the current position calculated by the GPS device and the map information, is within a predetermined distance D from the center 124 of the intersection 120, and the car navigation system. When a left turn instruction is issued, it may be determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. In this case, it is possible to prevent the wiping range from being changed when going straight through the intersection 120. As described above, the right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example in the present embodiment. That is, the “left turn instruction” here refers to an instruction to turn to the passenger seat side in a right-hand drive vehicle. Therefore, in the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, a “right turn instruction” is substituted for a “left turn instruction”.
 また、カーナビゲーションシステムによる左折指示があった場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判断するようにしてもよい。 In addition, when there is a left turn instruction by the car navigation system, it may be determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured.
 なお、車載カメラ94やレーダ(図示せず)にて、助手席側にいる歩行者や助手席側にある障害物を検知して助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更してもよい。例えば、左折の方向指示器がオン、かつ助手席側に歩行者又は障害物が存在することを車載カメラ94又はレーダで検知した際に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する。これにより、車両が左折する場合でも、助手席側に歩行者又は障害物が存在しないときは助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲の変更を実行しないので、車両122の乗員がワイパ装置2の動作に違和感を覚えにくい。 Note that the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 may be changed by detecting a pedestrian on the passenger seat side or an obstacle on the passenger seat side with the in-vehicle camera 94 or a radar (not shown). For example, when the left turn direction indicator is on and the presence of a pedestrian or obstacle on the passenger seat side is detected by the in-vehicle camera 94 or the radar, the wiping range of the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is changed. As a result, even when the vehicle turns left, the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 is not changed when there are no pedestrians or obstacles on the passenger side. Difficult to remember.
 また、図20に示した非払拭範囲Xの少なくとも一部の情報を取得可能なようにレインセンサ76及び車載カメラ94をウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側の助手席側上部に設けることにより、非払拭範囲Xが汚れている(払拭範囲の変更を要する)場合に払拭範囲の変更を実行することができ、ワイパ装置2の動作における違和感を軽減することができる。 Further, by providing the rain sensor 76 and the in-vehicle camera 94 on the passenger seat side upper side of the windshield glass 1 so that at least part of the information of the non-wiping range X shown in FIG. When the wiping range X is dirty (the wiping range needs to be changed), the wiping range can be changed, and the uncomfortable feeling in the operation of the wiper device 2 can be reduced.
 なお、歩行者等が所持する携帯電話機等の通信機器が存在する位置を検出する受信部(図示せず)を備え、助手席側に存在する歩行者等を検知して助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更してもよい。例えば、左折の方向指示器がオン、かつ助手席側に歩行者が存在することを受信部により検知した場合に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する。これにより、車両122が左折する場合でも、助手席側に歩行者が存在しない場合には、助手席側ワイパブレード36払拭範囲を変更しないので、車両122の乗員がワイパ装置2の動作に違和感を覚えにくい。 Note that a reception unit (not shown) that detects a position where a communication device such as a mobile phone possessed by a pedestrian or the like is provided, detects a pedestrian or the like existing on the passenger seat side, and detects a pedestrian on the passenger seat side. The wiping range may be changed. For example, the wiping range of the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed when the receiving unit detects that the left turn direction indicator is on and a pedestrian is present on the front passenger side. Thus, even when the vehicle 122 turns to the left, if there is no pedestrian on the passenger seat side, the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is not changed, so that the passenger of the vehicle 122 feels uncomfortable with the operation of the wiper device 2. It's hard to remember.
 本実施の形態では、上述のAND制御又はOR制御のような、左折時払拭処理の制御の態様を運転者が適宜変更することが可能であってもよい。制御の態様を変更することにより、状況又は運転者の志向に応じた左折時払拭処理が可能となる。 In the present embodiment, the driver may be able to appropriately change the control mode of the left turn wiping process, such as the above-described AND control or OR control. By changing the mode of control, the left turn wiping process according to the situation or the driver's orientation becomes possible.
 〔第2の実施の形態〕
 続いて本開示の第2の実施の形態について説明する。本実施の形態に係るワイパシステムの構成は、図1~9に示した第1の実施の形態に係るワイパシステム100と同一なので、詳細な説明は省略する。
[Second Embodiment]
Next, a second embodiment of the present disclosure will be described. Since the configuration of the wiper system according to the present embodiment is the same as that of the wiper system 100 according to the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 9, detailed description thereof is omitted.
 本実施の形態は、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側、具体的にはバックミラーの裏側や助手席側上部等に設けられた車載カメラ94が撮影した画像のデータを画像処理することによって道路の左カーブを検知し、車両が左カーブに進入する際に助手席側前方の視界の確保を要する状況が発生したと判定して、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する。 In the present embodiment, image data of an image taken by an in-vehicle camera 94 provided on the vehicle interior side of the windshield glass 1, specifically the rear side of the rearview mirror or the upper part of the front passenger seat, is processed by image processing. When the left curve is detected, it is determined that a situation requiring the front view of the front side of the passenger seat has occurred when the vehicle enters the left curve, and the wiping range of the front passenger side wiper blade 36 is changed.
 図14Aは、車載カメラ94が撮影した車両前方の画像の一例である。図14Aの道路130は、左カーブと右カーブが連続する、いわゆる九十九折を呈している。道路130の左側には道路130の左側輪郭である左白線132が記され、道路130の右側には道路130の右側輪郭である右白線134が記されている。 FIG. 14A is an example of an image in front of the vehicle taken by the in-vehicle camera 94. The road 130 in FIG. 14A has a so-called ninety-nine fold in which a left curve and a right curve are continuous. On the left side of the road 130, a left white line 132, which is the left outline of the road 130, is written. On the right side of the road 130, a right white line 134, which is the right outline of the road 130, is written.
 本実施の形態では、図14Aに示した画像データをキャニー法、微分エッジ検出法又はソーベル法等の公知の画像処理方法を用いて処理し、当該画像データから左白線132及び右白線134に係るエッジを抽出する。また、画像データ上の各画素の横方向の位置をX座標として定義し、当該画像データ上の縦方向の位置をY座標として定義する。かかる画像処理により、左白線132及び右白線134に係るエッジは、例えば、図14Bに示したように、左白線エッジ132E及び右白線エッジ134Eのように、連続する点として抽出される。 In the present embodiment, the image data shown in FIG. 14A is processed using a known image processing method such as the Canny method, the differential edge detection method, or the Sobel method, and the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are related to the image data. Extract edges. Further, the horizontal position of each pixel on the image data is defined as the X coordinate, and the vertical position on the image data is defined as the Y coordinate. By such image processing, the edges related to the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are extracted as continuous points, for example, the left white line edge 132E and the right white line edge 134E as shown in FIG. 14B.
 次に、本実施の形態では、直線近似処理を行う。直線近似処理では、抽出された左白線エッジ132E及び右白線エッジ134Eをハフ(Hough)変換を用いて直線近似し、白線と推定される線に沿った近似直線132L、134Lを求める。 Next, in this embodiment, straight line approximation processing is performed. In the straight line approximation process, the extracted left white line edge 132E and right white line edge 134E are linearly approximated using a Hough transform to obtain approximate straight lines 132L and 134L along lines estimated to be white lines.
 さらに、求めた近似直線132L、134Lの交点PのX座標値(X)を求め、求めた交点PのX座標値(X と画像データ中央のX座標値(X)との水平方向の変位量A(A=X-X)を求める。図14BのX座標は左から右に向かってXの値が大きくなるので、図14Bの場合はX0<XNであり、Aは正の値になる。閾値は、カーブの曲率が大きく、運転者の助手席側前方の視界確保が重要な場合を想定して、実車での走行試験等を通じて具体的に決定する。 Further, the obtained approximate straight line 132L, calculated X-coordinate value of the intersection point P N of 134L to (X N), obtained X-coordinate values of the intersection point P N (X N)   And a horizontal displacement A (A = X N -X 0 ) between the X coordinate value (X 0 ) at the center of the image data. 14B, since the value of X increases from left to right, in the case of FIG. 14B, X 0 <X N and A is a positive value. The threshold value is specifically determined through a running test using an actual vehicle, assuming that the curvature of the curve is large and it is important to ensure the visibility of the front side of the driver's seat.
 そして、算出した変位量Aが所定の閾値以上の場合に、車両122は左カーブに進入する状況であると判定し、助手席側ワイパブレード36を図1、図13Aに示した払拭範囲Z2で払拭させるように、第1モータ11及び第2モータ12の回転を制御する。 When the calculated displacement amount A is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the vehicle 122 is in a situation of entering the left curve, and the passenger seat wiper blade 36 is moved within the wiping range Z2 shown in FIGS. 1 and 13A. The rotations of the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are controlled so as to be wiped off.
 以上説明したように、本実施の形態によれば、左カーブを通過する等の払拭範囲の変更を要する状況において、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更して、運転者の視界をより広範に確保する事が可能になる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, in a situation where it is necessary to change the wiping range such as passing through the left curve, the wiping range of the passenger-side wiper blade 36 is changed to further increase the driver's field of view. It becomes possible to secure a wide range.
 払拭範囲の変更は、第1の実施の形態のように、車両122の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に実行してもよい。車両122が低速の場合には、払拭範囲の変更は必ずしも要しないからである。 The change of the wiping range may be executed when the speed of the vehicle 122 is equal to or higher than the threshold speed as in the first embodiment. This is because it is not always necessary to change the wiping range when the vehicle 122 is at a low speed.
 図15は、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム100における、車両122の前方の左カーブ(助手席側のカーブ)を検知してウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側の払拭範囲を変更する左折時払拭処理の一例を示したフローチャートである。図15に示した一連の手順は、制御回路52内のマイクロコンピュータ58によって処理される。 FIG. 15 shows a wiper system 100 according to the present embodiment, which detects a left curve in front of the vehicle 122 (a curve on the passenger seat side) and changes the wiping range on the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 when turning left. It is the flowchart which showed an example of the process. A series of procedures shown in FIG. 15 is processed by the microcomputer 58 in the control circuit 52.
 ステップ140では、車載カメラ94が撮影した画像データを取得し、ステップ142では、画像データをキャニー法、微分エッジ検出法又はソーベル法等の公知の画像処理方法を用いて処理し、当該画像データから左白線132及び右白線134に係るエッジを抽出する。 In step 140, image data captured by the in-vehicle camera 94 is acquired. In step 142, the image data is processed using a known image processing method such as a Canny method, a differential edge detection method, or a Sobel method, and the image data is processed. Edges related to the left white line 132 and the right white line 134 are extracted.
 ステップ144では、エッジを抽出した画像データ上にX、Yの座標を設定し、ステップ146では、抽出された左白線エッジ132E及び右白線エッジ134Eをハフ変換により直線近似し、白線と推定される線に沿った近似直線132L、134Lを算出する。 In step 144, the X and Y coordinates are set on the image data from which the edges have been extracted. In step 146, the extracted left white line edge 132E and right white line edge 134E are linearly approximated by Hough transform to be estimated as a white line. Approximate straight lines 132L and 134L along the line are calculated.
 ステップ148では、近似直線132L、134Lの交点PのX座標値(X)を算出し、交点PのX座標値(X と画像データ中央のX座標値(X)との水平方向の変位量A(A=X-X)を算出する。 In step 148, the approximate straight line 132L, calculated X-coordinate value of the intersection point P N of 134L to (X N), X-coordinate values of the intersection point P N (X N)   And a horizontal displacement A (A = X N −X 0 ) between the X coordinate value (X 0 ) at the center of the image data.
 ステップ150では、変位量Aが閾値以上か否かを判定する。ステップ150で肯定判定の場合には、ステップ152で、図13Aに示したように、助手席側ワイパアーム35の動作範囲を変更して助手席側ワイパブレード36で払拭範囲Z2を払拭する。 In step 150, it is determined whether or not the displacement amount A is greater than or equal to a threshold value. If the determination in step 150 is affirmative, in step 152, as shown in FIG. 13A, the operating range of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is changed and the wiping range Z2 is wiped by the passenger seat side wiper blade 36.
 ステップ152での払拭範囲Z2の払拭は、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに動作する往動時に行われる。払拭範囲Z2を払拭した後に、助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pから下反転位置P2Pに動作する復動時には、図1に示した払拭範囲Z1を払拭する通常動作を行うことにより、ウィンドシールドガラス1の広範な領域を払拭できる。なお、往動時に払拭範囲Z1を払拭して、復動時に払拭範囲Z1を払拭してもよい。また、往復動時に払拭範囲Z2を払拭してもよい。 The wiping of the wiping range Z2 in step 152 is performed when the passenger seat wiper blade 36 moves forward from the lower inversion position P2P to the upper inversion position P1P. After the wiping range Z2 is wiped, when the passenger-side wiper blade 36 moves backward from the upper inversion position P1P to the lower inversion position P2P, a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. A wide area of the shield glass 1 can be wiped off. Note that the wiping range Z1 may be wiped during the forward movement, and the wiping range Z1 may be wiped during the backward movement. Moreover, you may wipe the wiping range Z2 at the time of reciprocation.
 ステップ152での往動時における変更された払拭範囲の払拭は、1以上の所定回数行われた後、処理をリターンする。所定回数は、左カーブ通過時に運転者の左前方の視界が確保されるに足る回数ある。所定回数の具体的な値は、車種及び車両の仕様によって異なるので、車種及び車両の仕様に応じて個別に決定する。 The wiping of the changed wiping range at the time of forward movement in step 152 is performed one or more predetermined times, and then the process returns. The predetermined number of times is sufficient to ensure a left front view of the driver when passing the left curve. The specific value of the predetermined number of times varies depending on the vehicle type and vehicle specification, and is thus determined individually according to the vehicle type and vehicle specification.
 なお、ステップ150で否定判定の場合には、ステップ154で図1に示した払拭範囲Z1を払拭する通常動作を行って処理をリターンする。 If the determination in step 150 is negative, a normal operation for wiping the wiping range Z1 shown in FIG. 1 is performed in step 154, and the process returns.
 本実施の形態で説明した車載カメラ94によって取得した画像データの画像処理によって左カーブを検出する制御と共に、第1の実施の形態で説明した、車両122が交差点120で左折するか否かを判定する制御を組み合わせてもよい。本実施の形態と、第1の実施の形態とを組み合わせることにより、交差点120及び道路130の左カーブの各々に対応した払拭範囲の変更の制御が可能になる。 In addition to the control for detecting the left curve by the image processing of the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera 94 described in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the vehicle 122 described in the first embodiment makes a left turn at the intersection 120. You may combine the control to do. By combining the present embodiment and the first embodiment, it is possible to control the change of the wiping range corresponding to each of the intersection 120 and the left curve of the road 130.
 また、本実施の変形例として、車載カメラ94とは別に車両122の車室内の運転者の顔を撮影する車室内カメラ(図示せず)を備えてもよい。車室内カメラが取得した画像データを上述のような公知の方法で運転者の顔のエッジを検出することにより、運転者の顔の向き及び視線の方向の少なくともいずれか1つを検出し、運転者の顔の向き及び視線の方向が車両122の左前方(助手席側)に向けられている場合に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更するようにしてもよい。 As a modification of the present embodiment, a vehicle interior camera (not shown) that captures the face of the driver in the vehicle interior of the vehicle 122 may be provided separately from the in-vehicle camera 94. By detecting the edge of the driver's face from the image data acquired by the in-vehicle camera using a known method as described above, at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight is detected. When the direction of the person's face and the direction of the line of sight are directed to the front left side (passenger seat side) of the vehicle 122, the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 may be changed.
 運転者の顔の向き及び視線の方向の少なくともいずれかに基づいて助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲の変更の要否を判定することにより、払拭範囲の変更を状況に応じて効果的に実行することが可能になる。 By determining whether or not it is necessary to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 based on at least one of the driver's face direction and line of sight direction, the wiping range is effectively changed according to the situation. It becomes possible to do.
 なお、本実施の形態では、右ハンドル車を例示して説明したので、左カーブの通過時に助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する制御を行っている。左ハンドル車の場合には、右カーブの通過時に助手席側の視界を確保する必要がある。左ハンドル車では、以上の処理を、「左カーブ」を「右カーブ」、「算出した変位量Aが所定の閾値を超える場合」を「算出した変位量Aが負の値であり、かつその絶対値が所定の閾値を超える場合」と読み替えることにより、対応可能である。 In the present embodiment, a right-hand drive vehicle has been described as an example, and therefore control is performed to change the wiping range of the passenger side wiper blade 36 when passing the left curve. In the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, it is necessary to ensure visibility on the passenger side when passing the right curve. In the case of a left-hand drive vehicle, the above processing is performed by changing the “left curve” to “right curve” and “when the calculated displacement amount A exceeds a predetermined threshold value” and “the calculated displacement amount A is a negative value. This can be dealt with by reading “when the absolute value exceeds a predetermined threshold”.
 右ハンドル車及び左ハンドル車のいずれの場合も、車両が助手席側に曲がる場合に、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更する制御を行うことで、運転者の視界を広範囲に確保する。 In both the right-hand drive vehicle and the left-hand drive vehicle, when the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side, the wiping range of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is controlled to ensure a wide range of visibility for the driver. .
 〔第3の実施の形態〕
 続いて、本開示の第3の実施の形態について説明する。図16は、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム200の構成の一例を示した概略図である。本実施の形態は、第1の実施の形態に対して、ウォッシャ装置170のノズル、ウォッシャ液が圧送されるホース及びウォッシャ液を圧送するウォッシャポンプ166が相違する。しかしながら、他の構成については、第1の実施の形態と同一なので、ノズル、ホース及びウォッシャポンプ166以外の構成の詳細な説明は省略する。
[Third Embodiment]
Subsequently, a third embodiment of the present disclosure will be described. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the wiper system 200 according to the present embodiment. This embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the nozzle of the washer device 170, the hose to which the washer liquid is pumped, and the washer pump 166 that pumps the washer liquid. However, since other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, detailed descriptions of configurations other than the nozzle, hose, and washer pump 166 are omitted.
 本実施の形態は、運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部の上反転位置P1Dに対向する側(運転席側ワイパアーム17の往動側)に運転席側往動時ノズル174ADを、運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部の下反転位置P2Dに対向する側(運転席側ワイパアーム17の復動側)に運転席側復動時ノズル174BDを、各々備えている。 In the present embodiment, the driver-seat-side forward movement nozzle 174AD is provided on the side facing the upper reversal position P1D of the tip of the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17 (the forward-movement side of the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17). The driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD is provided on the side facing the lower reversal position P2D of the front end portion (return side of the driver seat wiper arm 17).
 また、本実施の形態では、助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部の上反転位置P1Pに対向する側(助手席側ワイパアーム35の往動側)に助手席側往動時ノズル174APを、助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部の下反転位置P2Pに対向する側(助手席側ワイパアーム35の復動側)に助手席側復動時ノズル174BPを、各々備えている。 Further, in the present embodiment, the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP is disposed on the side facing the upper reversal position P1P of the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (the forward side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35). On the side (the backward movement side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35) facing the lower reverse position P2P of the tip end portion of the wiper arm 35, the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP is provided.
 運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び助手席側往動時ノズル174APは、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2D、P2Pから上反転位置P1D、P1Pまで各々払拭する往動時に往動時噴射方向176Aで各々ウォッシャ液を噴射する。 The driver-side forward nozzle 174AD and the passenger-side forward nozzle 174AP wipe the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 from the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P to the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P, respectively. During the forward movement, each washer fluid is ejected in the forward ejection direction 176A.
 運転席側復動時ノズル174BD及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPは、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1D、P1Pから下反転位置P2D、P2Pまで各々払拭する復動時に復動時噴射方向176Bで各々ウォッシャ液を噴射する。 The driver-side reverse nozzle 174BD and the passenger-side reverse nozzle 174BP wipe the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 from the upper inversion positions P1D and P1P to the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P, respectively. When returning, the washer fluid is injected in the return injection direction 176B.
 ウォッシャ液タンク68内のウォッシャ液は、ウォッシャポンプ166により、往動時は往動時噴射用ホース172Aに、復動時には復動時噴射用ホース172Bに圧送される。往動時噴射用ホース172Aは、図16に示した分岐部178で、運転席側往動時噴射用ホース172ADと助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172APとに分岐する。また、復動時噴射用ホース172Bは、図16に示した分岐部178で、運転席側復動時噴射用ホース172BDと助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPとに分岐する。 The washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 is pumped by the washer pump 166 to the forward injection hose 172A during forward movement and to the backward injection hose 172B during backward movement. The forward movement injection hose 172A branches at the branching portion 178 shown in FIG. 16 into the driver seat side forward movement injection hose 172AD and the passenger seat side forward movement injection hose 172AP. Further, the reverse injection hose 172B branches into a driver seat side reverse injection hose 172BD and a passenger seat side reverse injection hose 172BP at a branching portion 178 shown in FIG.
 運転席側往動時噴射用ホース172AD及び運転席側復動時噴射用ホース172BDは、図16に示したように、運転席側ワイパアーム17の内部に配設されている。また、助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172AP及び助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPは、図16に示したように、助手席側ワイパアーム35の内部に配設されている。 The driver-seat-side forward injection hose 172AD and the driver-seat-side backward injection hose 172BD are disposed inside the driver-seat-side wiper arm 17, as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, the passenger seat-side forward injection hose 172AP and the passenger-side backward injection hose 172BP are disposed inside the passenger seat-side wiper arm 35.
 運転席側往動時噴射用ホース172ADは運転席側往動時ノズル174ADに、運転席側復動時噴射用ホース172BDは運転席側復動時ノズル174BDに、助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172APは助手席側往動時ノズル174APに、助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPは助手席側復動時ノズル174BPに、各々接続されている。 Driver seat side forward injection hose 172AD for driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD, driver seat side backward injection hose 172BD for driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD, passenger seat side forward injection for forward movement The hose 172AP is connected to the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP, and the passenger seat side backward movement injection hose 172BP is connected to the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
 運転席側往動時噴射用ホース172AD、運転席側復動時噴射用ホース172BD、助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172AP及び助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPは、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び助手席側ワイパアーム35の動作によって屈曲及び引張の応力が作用することを回避するために、十分かつ適切な長さで各々配設されることが望ましい。特に本実施の形態では、助手席側ワイパアーム35は、払拭範囲の変更時に上方に向かって移動するので、当該移動によっても、無理な応力が作用しないように助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172AP及び助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPの長さを決定することが望ましい。 The driver's seat side forward injection hose 172AD, the driver's seat side backward injection hose 172BD, the passenger seat side forward injection hose 172AP, and the passenger seat side backward injection hose 172BP include the driver seat side wiper arm 17. In order to avoid the bending and tensile stress from acting due to the operation of the wiper arm 35 on the passenger seat side, it is desirable that each be disposed with a sufficient and appropriate length. In particular, in the present embodiment, the passenger-side wiper arm 35 moves upward when the wiping range is changed. Therefore, the passenger-seat forward hose 172AP for forward movement is prevented so that unreasonable stress does not act even by the movement. And it is desirable to determine the length of the hose 172BP for jetting at the passenger seat side backward movement.
 また、往動時噴射用ホース172A、復動時噴射用ホース172B、運転席側往動時噴射用ホース172AD、運転席側復動時噴射用ホース172BD、助手席側往動時噴射用ホース172AP及び助手席側復動時噴射用ホース172BPの材質は、屈曲及び引張に対して強靭であり、かつ柔軟性を有する合成ゴム又は合成樹脂等であることが望ましい。 Further, a forward injection hose 172A, a reverse injection hose 172B, a driver seat side forward injection hose 172AD, a driver seat side backward injection hose 172BD, and a passenger seat side forward injection hose 172AP. Further, the material of the passenger seat side reverse injection hose 172BP is desirably a synthetic rubber or a synthetic resin which is tough against bending and tension and has flexibility.
 ウォッシャモータ64は、往動時と復動時とで回転方向を逆転させて、往動時は運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び助手席側往動時ノズル174APから、復動時は運転席側復動時ノズル174BD及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPから、各々ウォッシャ液を噴射するようにウォッシャポンプ166を駆動させる。 The washer motor 64 reverses the direction of rotation between forward movement and reverse movement, from the driver side forward nozzle 174AD and the passenger side forward nozzle 174AP during forward movement, and from the driver seat during backward movement. The washer pump 166 is driven so as to inject the washer fluid from the side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
 図17は、本実施の形態に係るウォッシャポンプ166の一例を示す断面図である。本実施の形態に係るウォッシャポンプ166は、ウォッシャモータ64で駆動されるタービン166Aを備えたターボポンプの一種である。タービン166Aは、往動時には矢印往動時方向に、復動時には矢印復動時方向に、各々駆動させる。 FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the washer pump 166 according to the present embodiment. The washer pump 166 according to the present embodiment is a type of turbo pump provided with a turbine 166A driven by a washer motor 64. The turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the arrow forward movement in the forward movement and in the direction of the arrow backward movement in the backward movement.
 タービン166Aが駆動されることにより、吸入口166Cからウォッシャ液タンク68内のウォッシャ液がポンプハウジング166B内に吸引される。そして、タービン166Aが矢印往動時方向に駆動された場合には往動時吐出口166Dから、タービン166Aが矢印復動時方向に駆動された場合には復動時吐出口166Eに、ポンプハウジング166B内のウォッシャ液が吐出される。往動時吐出口166Dは、往動時噴射用ホース172A等を介して運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び助手席側往動時ノズル174APに、復動時吐出口166Eは復動時噴射用ホース172B等を介して運転席側復動時ノズル174BD及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPに、各々接続されている。従って、ウォッシャ液は、タービン166Aが矢印往動時方向に駆動されると運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び助手席側往動時ノズル174APから、タービン166Aが矢印復動時方向に駆動されると運転席側復動時ノズル174BD及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPから、各々噴射される。 By driving the turbine 166A, the washer liquid in the washer liquid tank 68 is sucked into the pump housing 166B from the suction port 166C. When the turbine 166A is driven in the forward direction of the arrow, the pump housing is connected from the forward discharge port 166D to the forward discharge port 166E when the turbine 166A is driven in the backward direction of arrow. The washer liquid in 166B is discharged. The forward discharge outlet 166D is connected to the driver side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the passenger side forward movement nozzle 174AP via the forward movement injection hose 172A, and the backward discharge outlet 166E is used for backward injection. Via the hose 172B and the like, they are connected to the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP, respectively. Accordingly, when the turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the arrow forward movement, the washer liquid is driven in the direction of the backward movement of the arrow from the nozzle 174AD in the driver seat side forward movement and the nozzle 174AP in the passenger seat side forward movement. And from the nozzle 174BD at the time of backward movement on the driver seat side and the nozzle 174BP at the time of backward movement of the passenger seat.
 本実施の形態に係るウォッシャポンプ166は、図17に示したように、ゴム又は合成樹脂等の弾性体で構成された弁166Fを有している。弁166Fは、タービン166Aが圧送してきたウォッシャ液の圧力でたわみ、往動時ウォッシャ液入口166G又は復動時ウォッシャ液入口166Hを閉塞する。 The washer pump 166 according to the present embodiment has a valve 166F made of an elastic body such as rubber or synthetic resin, as shown in FIG. The valve 166F bends with the pressure of the washer fluid pumped by the turbine 166A, and closes the forward washer fluid inlet 166G or the backward motion washer fluid inlet 166H.
 例えば、タービン166Aが矢印往動時の方向に駆動された場合には、往動時ウォッシャ液入口166G側の圧力が高まることで弁166Fが復動時ウォッシャ液入口166H側にたわんで当該復動時ウォッシャ液入口166Hを閉塞する。また、タービン166Aが矢印復動時の方向に駆動された場合には、復動時ウォッシャ液入口166H側の圧力が高まることで弁166Fが往動時ウォッシャ液入口166G側にたわんで当該往動時ウォッシャ液入口166Gを閉塞する。その結果、タービン166Aが駆動される方向を正回転又は逆回転させることにより、ウォッシャ液を往動時噴射用ノズル174A又は復動時噴射用ノズル174Bから選択的に噴射させる。 For example, when the turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the forward movement of the arrow, the pressure on the washer liquid inlet 166G side at the time of forward movement increases, so that the valve 166F bends toward the washer liquid inlet 166H side at the time of backward movement and the backward movement. The hour washer fluid inlet 166H is closed. Further, when the turbine 166A is driven in the direction of the backward movement of the arrow, the pressure on the backward side of the washer liquid inlet 166H increases, so that the valve 166F bends to the forward side of the washer liquid inlet 166G side and the forward movement. The hour washer fluid inlet 166G is closed. As a result, the washer fluid is selectively injected from the forward injection nozzle 174A or the reverse injection nozzle 174B by rotating the turbine 166A in the forward or reverse direction.
 ウォッシャポンプ166を駆動するウォッシャモータ64の駆動回路56の構成は、図9に示した第1の実施の形態と同じである。本実施の形態では、駆動回路56を以下のように動作させて、ウォッシャモータ64を正回転及び逆回転させる。なお、本実施の形態では、ウォッシャモータ64は、往動時に正回転、復動時に逆回転する。 The configuration of the drive circuit 56 of the washer motor 64 that drives the washer pump 166 is the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, the drive circuit 56 is operated as follows to rotate the washer motor 64 forward and backward. In this embodiment, the washer motor 64 rotates forward during forward movement and reverse rotation during backward movement.
 ウォッシャモータ64を正回転させる場合には、リレー駆動回路78はリレーRLY1をオンさせ(リレーRLY2はオフ)、FET駆動回路80は所定のデューティ比でFET86Bをオンさせる。ウォッシャモータ64を逆回転させる場合には、リレー駆動回路78はリレーRLY2をオンさせ(リレーRLY1はオフ)、FET駆動回路80は所定のデューティ比でFET86Bをオンさせる。 When the washer motor 64 is rotated forward, the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY1 (relay RLY2 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio. When the washer motor 64 is rotated in reverse, the relay drive circuit 78 turns on the relay RLY2 (relay RLY1 is off), and the FET drive circuit 80 turns on the FET 86B with a predetermined duty ratio.
 なお、本実施の形態は、第1の実施の形態と同様に、1つのウォッシャモータと1つのウォッシャポンプとで構成されているが、ウォッシャモータ及びウォッシャポンプを、往動時用と復動時用とで、各々専用のものを備えてもよい。 As in the first embodiment, the present embodiment is configured with one washer motor and one washer pump. However, the washer motor and the washer pump are used for forward movement and reverse movement. Each may have a dedicated one.
 続いて本実施の形態の作用について説明する。ウォッシャ液のノズルがウィンドシールドガラス1の下方に設けられた第1の実施の形態のワイパシステム100では、図18Aに示したように、運転席側ノズル74Aから噴射されたウォッシャ液は、例えば、着水領域180Aに付着する。また、助手席側ノズル74Bから噴射されたウォッシャ液は、例えば、着水領域180Bに付着する。 Next, the operation of this embodiment will be described. In the wiper system 100 of the first embodiment in which the nozzle of the washer liquid is provided below the windshield glass 1, as shown in FIG. 18A, the washer liquid injected from the driver side nozzle 74A is, for example, It adheres to the landing area 180A. Further, the washer liquid ejected from the passenger seat side nozzle 74B adheres to the landing area 180B, for example.
 着水領域180A、180Bは、いずれもウィンドシールドガラス1の一部分である。従って、払拭範囲H1及び払拭範囲Z2の全域にウォッシャ液を付着させることが達成できていない。 The landing areas 180 </ b> A and 180 </ b> B are both part of the windshield glass 1. Accordingly, it has not been possible to attach the washer liquid to the entire area of the wiping range H1 and the wiping range Z2.
 図18Bは、本実施の形態に係るワイパシステム200の往動時でのウォッシャ液噴射の一例を示した概略図である。図18Bでは、ウォッシャ液は、運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び助手席側往動時ノズル174APの各々から往動時噴射方向176Aにウォッシャ液が噴射されている。噴射されたウォッシャ液は、各々往動している、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36により、付着領域182A、182Bに各々塗り広げられる。 FIG. 18B is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of washer liquid injection during the forward movement of the wiper system 200 according to the present embodiment. In FIG. 18B, the washer liquid is jetted from the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP in the forward movement injection direction 176A. The sprayed washer liquid is spread on the adhesion regions 182A and 182B by the driver seat side wiper blade 18 and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 respectively moving forward.
 運転席側往動時ノズル174ADからウォッシャ液を噴射させながら運転席側ワイパブレード18が上反転位置P1Dに達すると、付着領域182Aは払拭範囲H1の全域に及ぶ。また、助手席側往動時ノズル174APからウォッシャ液を噴射させながら助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pに達すると、付着領域182Bは払拭範囲Z2の全域に及ぶ。 When the driver seat side wiper blade 18 reaches the upper reversal position P1D while spraying the washer liquid from the nozzle 174AD during the driver seat side forward movement, the adhesion region 182A extends over the entire wiping range H1. Further, when the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper inversion position P1P while spraying the washer liquid from the nozzle 174AP at the time of the passenger side forward movement, the adhesion region 182B extends over the entire wiping range Z2.
 復動時には、運転席側復動時ノズル174BDからウォッシャ液を噴射させながら運転席側ワイパブレード18で払拭範囲H1を払拭させると共に、助手席側復動時ノズル174BPからウォッシャ液を噴射させながら助手席側ワイパブレード36で払拭範囲Z1を払拭させる。 At the time of reverse operation, the driver seat side wiper blade 18 wipes the wiping range H1 while jetting washer liquid from the driver seat side reverse nozzle 174BD, and at the same time, the driver seat side reverse operation nozzle 174BP is jetted with washer liquid The wiping range Z1 is wiped with the seat-side wiper blade 36.
 その結果、上述の往動時の動作及び復動時の動作により、ウォッシャ液を払拭範囲H1、Z1、Z2に付着させることができ、ウィンドシールドガラス1の略全面に相当する広範な領域をウォッシャ液で洗浄することが可能となる。 As a result, the washer liquid can be attached to the wiping ranges H1, Z1, and Z2 by the above-described forward movement operation and reverse movement operation, and a wide area corresponding to substantially the entire surface of the windshield glass 1 is washed. It becomes possible to wash with a liquid.
 また、より効果的にウィンドシールドガラス1を洗浄するために、運転席側ワイパブレード18が上反転位置P1Dに助手席側ワイパブレード36が上反転位置P1Pに各々到達した際に、各ワイパブレードの払拭動作を所定時間停止させて、運転席側復動時ノズル174BD及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPからウォッシャ液を噴射させてもよい。 In order to more effectively clean the windshield glass 1, when the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 reaches the upper inversion position P1D and the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 reaches the upper inversion position P1P, the wiper blades 18 The wiping operation may be stopped for a predetermined time, and the washer liquid may be ejected from the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP.
 また、往動時に助手席側ワイパアーム35がウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側上方の角に向かって最大に伸長された際に、払拭動作を所定時間停止させて、助手席側往動時ノズル174APからウォッシャ液を噴射させることによって、より効果的にウィンドシールドガラス1を洗浄するようにしてもよい。 Further, when the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 is extended to the maximum angle toward the upper corner on the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1 during the forward movement, the wiping operation is stopped for a predetermined time, and the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP. The windshield glass 1 may be more effectively cleaned by spraying the washer liquid from the top.
 本実施の形態におけるウォッシャ液を噴射させながらの往動復動の動作は、ウォッシャスイッチ62が操作された場合に実行されるが、ウィンドシールドガラス1の車室内側、具体的にはバックミラーの裏側や助手席側上部等に設けられたレインセンサ76により、ウィンドシールドガラス1上に雨滴、汚れ、雪又は霜等を検知した場合に、自動的に実行されるようにしてもよい。または、上述の第1の実施の形態及び第2の実施の形態で、助手席側前方の視界の確保を要する状況が発生したと判定された場合に、ウォッシャ液を噴射させてもよい。 The forward / reverse operation while injecting the washer liquid in the present embodiment is performed when the washer switch 62 is operated. However, the interior of the windshield glass 1, specifically, the rearview mirror is operated. It may be automatically executed when raindrops, dirt, snow, frost, or the like is detected on the windshield glass 1 by the rain sensor 76 provided on the back side or the upper part of the passenger seat. Alternatively, when it is determined in the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above that a situation that requires the front view of the front passenger seat has occurred, the washer fluid may be injected.
 以上説明したように、本実施の形態では、払拭範囲を変更可能なワイパ装置2において、運転席側ワイパアーム17及び助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部に往動時用及び復動時用のウォッシャ液噴射ノズルを各々設けている。往動時には、往動時用のウォッシャ液噴射ノズルからウォッシャ液を噴射させて助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲をウィンドシールドガラス1の助手席側上方に変更し、復動時には、復動時用のウォッシャ液噴射ノズルからウォッシャ液を噴射させて助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭範囲を変更せずにウィンドシールドガラス1を払拭させることにより、ウィンドシールドガラス1上の広範囲にウォッシャ液を迅速に行き渡らせることが可能となる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, in the wiper device 2 capable of changing the wiping range, the forward and backward washer liquids are applied to the distal ends of the driver-side wiper arm 17 and the passenger-side wiper arm 35. Each spray nozzle is provided. At the time of forward movement, the washer liquid is sprayed from the forward washer liquid injection nozzle to change the wiping range of the wiper blade 36 on the passenger seat side to the upper side of the passenger seat side of the windshield glass 1, and at the time of reverse movement, The washer liquid is sprayed from the nozzle for spraying the washer so that the windshield glass 1 is wiped without changing the wiping range of the wiper blade 36 on the passenger seat side. It becomes possible to spread.
 なお、本実施の形態では、運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部の上反転位置P1Dに対向する側(運転席側ワイパアーム17の往動側)に運転席側往動時ノズル174ADを、運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部の下反転位置P2Dに対向する側(運転席側ワイパアーム17の復動側)に運転席側復動時ノズル174BDを、各々備えているが、これに限定されるわけではない。例えば、運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び運転席側復動時ノズル174BDを運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端側(運転席側ワイパアーム17の長手方向中間部より先端側)に設けてもよい。また、運転席側往動時ノズル174ADを運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端部に設け、運転席側復動時ノズル174BDを運転席側ワイパアーム17の先端側に設けてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD is disposed on the driver seat side wiper arm 17 on the side facing the upper reverse position P1D (the driver seat side wiper arm 17 forward side). The nozzle 174BD at the time of backward movement of the driver seat is provided on the side facing the lower reverse position P2D of the tip of the wiper arm 17 (returning side of the wiper arm 17 on the driver's seat), but is not limited thereto. . For example, the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD may be provided on the distal end side of the driver seat side wiper arm 17 (the distal end side from the longitudinal intermediate portion of the driver seat side wiper arm 17). Alternatively, the driver seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD may be provided at the distal end of the driver seat side wiper arm 17, and the driver seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD may be provided at the distal end side of the driver seat side wiper arm 17.
 また、本実施の形態では、助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部の上反転位置P1Pに対向する側(助手席側ワイパアーム35の往動側)に助手席側往動時ノズル174APを、助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部の下反転位置P2Pに対向する側(助手席側ワイパアーム35の復動側)に助手席側復動時ノズル174BPを、各々備えているが、これに限定されるわけではない。例えば、助手席側往動時ノズル174AP及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPを助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端側(助手席側ワイパアーム35の長手方向中間部より先端側)に設けてもよい。また、助手席側往動時ノズル174APを助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端部に設け、助手席側復動時ノズル174BPを助手席側ワイパアーム35の先端側に設けてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP is disposed on the side facing the upper reversal position P1P of the front end portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (the forward side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35). Each of the wiper arms 35 is provided with the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP on the side facing the lower reverse position P2P of the front end portion of the wiper arm 35 (return side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35), but is not limited thereto. . For example, the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat backward movement nozzle 174BP may be provided on the distal end side of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (front end side from the longitudinal intermediate portion of the passenger seat side wiper arm 35). Alternatively, the front passenger side wiper arm 174AP may be provided at the front end portion of the front passenger side wiper arm 35, and the front passenger seat side reverse nozzle 174BP may be provided at the front end side of the front passenger seat side wiper arm 35.
 なお、本実施の形態は、助手席側ワイパブレード36の払拭進行方向側のノズル(助手席側往動時ノズル174APと助手席側復動時ノズル174BPとの一方)から洗浄液を噴射する構成であるが、往動時に助手席側ワイパアーム35が備える助手席側往動時ノズル174AP及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPから洗浄液を噴射してもよい。また、復動時に助手席側ワイパアーム35が備える助手席側往動時ノズル174AP及び助手席側復動時ノズル174BPから洗浄液を噴射してもよい。この場合ウォッシャポンプの構成の簡素化を図ることができる。また、同様に運転席側ワイパブレード18が往復動する時に、運転席側往動時ノズル174AD及び運転席側復動時ノズル174BDから洗浄液を噴射してもよい。 In the present embodiment, the cleaning liquid is ejected from a nozzle (one of the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP) on the wiping progress direction side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36. However, the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP included in the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 during the forward movement. Further, the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the passenger seat side forward movement nozzle 174AP and the passenger seat side backward movement nozzle 174BP provided in the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 during the backward movement. In this case, the configuration of the washer pump can be simplified. Similarly, when the driver's seat side wiper blade 18 reciprocates, the cleaning liquid may be ejected from the driver's seat side forward movement nozzle 174AD and the driver's seat side backward movement nozzle 174BD.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々は、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11A及び第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aが正逆(往復)回転可能に制御されていたが、これに限定されることはない。例えば、第1出力軸11A及び第2出力軸12Aの一方が一方向に回転するものでもよい。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 are controlled to be able to rotate forward and backward (reciprocating). There is no limit. For example, one of the first output shaft 11A and the second output shaft 12A may rotate in one direction.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々は、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転により、運転席側ワイパブレード18及び助手席側ワイパブレード36を上反転位置P1D、P1Pと下反転位置P2D、P2Pとの間で移動させていたが、これに限定されることはない。例えば、第1モータ11として「運転席側第1モータ」と「助手席側第1モータ」とを備え、運転席側第1モータの回転によって運転席側ワイパブレード18を上反転位置P1Dと下反転位置P2Dとの間で移動させ、助手席側第1モータの回転によって助手席側ワイパブレード36を上反転位置P1Pと下反転位置P2Pとの間で移動させる構造でもよい。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the rotation of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 causes the driver side wiper blade 18 and the passenger side wiper blade 36 to move to the upper reverse positions P1D and P1P and the lower reverse position. Although it moved between P2D and P2P, it is not limited to this. For example, the first motor 11 includes a “driver's seat side first motor” and a “passenger's seat side first motor”, and the driver seat side wiper blade 18 is moved down to the upper inversion position P1D by the rotation of the driver seat side first motor. The structure may be such that the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is moved between the upper inversion position P1P and the lower inversion position P2P by moving between the inversion position P2D and rotation of the first passenger seat side motor.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々では、運転席側ワイパブレード18と助手席側ワイパブレード36とが下反転位置P2D、P2Pにて車幅方向に重ならない構造になっていたが、これに限定されることはない。例えば、助手席側ワイパブレード36の運転席側ワイパブレード18側を長く設定してもよい。換言すると、助手席側ワイパブレード36の運転席側ワイパブレード18側が、当該運転席側ワイパブレード18の助手席側ワイパブレード36側と重なるように助手席側ワイパブレード36の長さを設定してもよい。これにより、往復動時に払拭範囲Z2を払拭する際に、ウィンドシールドガラスの中央下側に残る払拭不能領域を少なくすることができる。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the driver-side wiper blade 18 and the passenger-side wiper blade 36 have a structure that does not overlap in the vehicle width direction at the lower inversion positions P2D and P2P. There is no limit. For example, the driver seat side wiper blade 18 side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 may be set longer. In other words, the length of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 is set so that the driver seat side wiper blade 18 side of the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 overlaps the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 side of the driver seat side wiper blade 18. Also good. Thereby, when wiping the wiping range Z2 during the reciprocating motion, it is possible to reduce the non-wiping area that remains on the lower center side of the windshield glass.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々では、第1出力軸11Aの所定回転角度における中間角度付近までの間で助手席側ワイパアーム35(助手席側ワイパブレード36)を伸長させ、中間角度付近から所定回転角度までの間で助手席側ワイパアーム35(助手席側ワイパブレード36)を縮小させる制御を行ったが、これに限定されることはない。例えば、助手席側ワイパブレード36が下反転位置P2Pから上反転位置P1Pに向かって払拭する際(往動払拭時)に、助手席側ワイパアーム35が徐々に伸長するように制御してもよい。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 (passenger seat side wiper blade 36) is extended to the vicinity of the intermediate angle at the predetermined rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A, and from the vicinity of the intermediate angle. Although the control for reducing the passenger-side wiper arm 35 (passenger-side wiper blade 36) is performed up to a predetermined rotation angle, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the passenger seat side wiper blade 36 wipes from the lower inversion position P2P toward the upper inversion position P1P (during forward wiping), the passenger seat side wiper arm 35 may be controlled to gradually extend.
 なお、本実施の形態では、第1モータ11の第1出力軸11Aの回転角度と第2モータ12の第2出力軸12Aの回転角度とを用いた実施の形態を説明したが、これに代えて第1出力軸11Aの回転位置と第2出力軸12Aの回転位置とを用いたものとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the embodiment using the rotation angle of the first output shaft 11A of the first motor 11 and the rotation angle of the second output shaft 12A of the second motor 12 has been described. The rotational position of the first output shaft 11A and the rotational position of the second output shaft 12A may be used.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々では、変更された払拭範囲の払拭は、1以上の所定回数行われた後、処理をリターンするとしたが、これに限定されることはない。例えば、変更された払拭範囲の払拭が1以上の所定回数行われたにもかかわらず、非払拭範囲Xの汚れ等が除去されていない場合は、除去不能な状況(凍結又は内面曇り)と判断し、所定期間払拭範囲の変更を実行しないように制御してもよい。かかる制御により、凍結又は内面曇り等の払拭範囲を変更しても除去不能な状況の場合に払拭範囲の変更を実行しないので、ワイパ装置2の動作における違和感を抑制することができる。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the wiping of the changed wiping range is performed one or more predetermined times and then the process is returned. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the wiping of the changed wiping range has been performed a predetermined number of times of 1 or more, if the dirt or the like of the non-wiping range X has not been removed, it is determined that the situation cannot be removed (freezing or fogging on the inner surface). Then, it may be controlled not to change the wiping range for a predetermined period. By such control, since the change of the wiping range is not executed in the situation where the removal cannot be performed even if the wiping range such as freezing or fogging of the inner surface is changed, it is possible to suppress a sense of incongruity in the operation of the wiper device 2.
 なお、本開示の実施の形態の各々では、助手席側の広い視野を確保すべき状況で、払拭範囲Z2を払拭するように第1モータ11及び第2モータ12を制御したが、上記制御の実行をキャンセルすることができる「自動変更切替えスイッチ」を別途備えていてもよい。自動変更切替えスイッチを備えることで、助手席側の広い視野を確保すべき状況でも払拭範囲の変更を実行せずに払拭範囲Z1の払拭を行うことができる。車両122の乗員が払拭範囲の変更が不要と考える場合に、払拭範囲の変更(払拭範囲Z2の払拭)を実行しないため、ワイパ装置2の動作における違和感を抑制することができる。自動変更切替えスイッチを設ける位置に限定はないが、ハンドル等の運転者に近い位置に設けられることが望ましい。 In each of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the first motor 11 and the second motor 12 are controlled to wipe the wiping range Z2 in a situation where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. An “automatic change changeover switch” that can cancel the execution may be separately provided. By providing the automatic change changeover switch, the wiping range Z1 can be wiped without changing the wiping range even in a situation where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. When the occupant of the vehicle 122 thinks that it is not necessary to change the wiping range, the wiping range is not changed (wiping of the wiping range Z2), so that the uncomfortable feeling in the operation of the wiper device 2 can be suppressed. Although there is no limitation in the position which provides an automatic change changeover switch, it is desirable to provide in the position near a driver | operator, such as a handle.
 日本国特許出願2016-008053、及び日本国特許出願2016-194923の開示はその全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。 The disclosures of Japanese Patent Application 2016-008053 and Japanese Patent Application 2016-194923 are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually described to be incorporated by reference, Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (18)

  1.  第1出力軸を有し、該第1出力軸の回転によりワイパアームを該ワイパアームの支点を中心として往復回転させ、前記ワイパアームの先端部に連結されたワイパブレードをウィンドシールドの上反転位置と下反転位置との間で往復払拭動作させる第1モータと、
     前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更する第2モータと、
     前記第1出力軸の回転角度を検出する回転角検出部と、
     助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態で、前記回転角検出部で検出した前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて前記第2モータの制御を行う制御部と、
     を含む車両用ワイパ装置。
    The wiper arm having a first output shaft reciprocally rotates around the fulcrum of the wiper arm by rotation of the first output shaft, and the wiper blade connected to the tip of the wiper arm is reversed upside down and downside of the windshield. A first motor that performs a reciprocating wiping operation with respect to a position;
    A second motor for changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade;
    A rotation angle detector that detects a rotation angle of the first output shaft;
    A control unit that controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detection unit in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured;
    Wiper device for vehicles including
  2.  衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定部をさらに含み、
     前記制御部は、車両位置測定部で算出された現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    A vehicle position measuring unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from the satellite;
    The control unit determines that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when the current position calculated by the vehicle position measurement unit is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection, and determines the rotation angle of the first output shaft. 2. The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein the second motor is controlled accordingly.
  3.  衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定部をさらに含み、
     前記制御部は、前記車両位置測定部により算出された現在位置と地図情報とから所定地点へ向かうルートを設定するカーナビゲーションシステムにてルートを設定し、前記カーナビゲーションシステムから助手席側方向へ曲がる指示があった場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    A vehicle position measuring unit that calculates a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from the satellite;
    The control unit sets a route in a car navigation system that sets a route to a predetermined point from the current position calculated by the vehicle position measurement unit and map information, and turns from the car navigation system toward the passenger seat side. 2. The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein, when instructed, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and the second motor is controlled in accordance with a rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  4.  前記制御部は、車両の方向指示器スイッチから入力された信号が車両が助手席側に曲がることを示した場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。 The control unit determines that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when a signal input from the vehicle direction indicator switch indicates that the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side, and the first output shaft The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein the second motor is controlled in accordance with a rotation angle of the vehicle.
  5.  前記制御部は、車両の操舵角センサによって検知された車両の助手席側への舵角が閾値以上の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。 The control unit determines that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when the rudder angle to the passenger seat side of the vehicle detected by the steering angle sensor of the vehicle is equal to or greater than a threshold value, and the first output shaft The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein the second motor is controlled in accordance with a rotation angle of the vehicle.
  6.  車両の前方の画像を取得する撮影部をさらに含み、
     前記制御部は、前記撮影部によって取得された画像から道路の輪郭を抽出し、該抽出した輪郭が助手席側への屈曲を示した場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    It further includes a photographing unit that acquires an image in front of the vehicle,
    The control unit extracts a contour of a road from the image acquired by the photographing unit, and when the extracted contour indicates bending toward the passenger seat side, a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured; The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein the vehicle wiper device determines and controls the second motor in accordance with a rotation angle of the first output shaft.
  7.  車両の速度を検知する車速検知部をさらに含み、
     前記制御部は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であり、かつ前記車速検知部によって検知された車両の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1~6のいずれか1項記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    A vehicle speed detector for detecting the speed of the vehicle;
    The control unit is in a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and when the vehicle speed detected by the vehicle speed detection unit is equal to or higher than a threshold speed, the control unit responds to the rotation angle of the first output shaft. The vehicle wiper device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the second motor is controlled.
  8.  前記ワイパアームに設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させる洗浄液噴射部をさらに含み、
     前記制御部は、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態である場合は、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行うと共に前記ノズルから洗浄液を噴射させるように前記洗浄液噴射部を制御する請求項1~6のいずれか1項記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    A cleaning liquid ejecting section for ejecting a cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided on the wiper arm;
    The control unit controls the second motor in accordance with the rotation angle of the first output shaft and ejects the cleaning liquid from the nozzle when the wide field of view on the passenger seat side is to be ensured. The vehicle wiper device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the cleaning liquid injection unit is controlled.
  9.  前記ウィンドシールドの画像データを取得する撮影部と、
     前記ウィンドシールドに赤外線を照射し、赤外線の反射量または透過量に基づいて前記ウィンドシールドの表面の付着物を検知する光学検知部と、
     をさらに含み、
     前記撮影部及び前記光学検知部は前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に各々設けられ、
     前記制御部は、前記撮影部が取得した画像データと前記光学検知部の検知結果とに基づいて、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記第1出力軸の回転角度に応じた前記第2モータの制御を行う請求項1記載の車両用ワイパ装置。
    A photographing unit for obtaining image data of the windshield;
    An optical detector that irradiates the windshield with infrared rays and detects deposits on the surface of the windshield based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays;
    Further including
    The photographing unit and the optical detection unit are respectively provided on the passenger seat side upper part of the windshield on the passenger compartment side,
    The control unit determines that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured based on the image data acquired by the imaging unit and the detection result of the optical detection unit, and determines the rotation angle of the first output shaft. 2. The vehicle wiper device according to claim 1, wherein the second motor is controlled accordingly.
  10.  第1出力軸を有し、該第1出力軸の回転によりワイパアームを前記ワイパアームの支点を中心として往復回転させ、前記ワイパアームの先端部に連結されたワイパブレードをウィンドシールドの上反転位置と下反転位置との間で往復払拭動作させる第1モータの第1出力軸の往復回転を開始させることと、
     前記第1出力軸の回転角度を回転角検出部で検出することと、
     助手席側の広い視界の確保をすべき状態で、前記回転角検出部で検出された第1出力軸の回転角度に応じて、第2モータが備える第2出力軸を所定方向に回転させて前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更するように前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることと、を含む車両ワイパ装置の制御方法。
    A first output shaft, and the rotation of the first output shaft causes the wiper arm to reciprocate around the fulcrum of the wiper arm, so that the wiper blade connected to the tip of the wiper arm is turned upside down and down the windshield. Starting a reciprocating rotation of a first output shaft of a first motor that performs a reciprocating wiping operation with respect to a position;
    Detecting a rotation angle of the first output shaft with a rotation angle detector;
    In a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be ensured, the second output shaft included in the second motor is rotated in a predetermined direction according to the rotation angle of the first output shaft detected by the rotation angle detector. Starting the rotation of the second output shaft so as to change the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  11.  衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定を行うことをさらに含み、
     前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両位置測定を行うことにより算出した現在位置が交差点の中心から所定距離以内の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。
    Further comprising performing vehicle position measurement to calculate a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from the satellite;
    Starting the rotation of the second output shaft is a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when the current position calculated by measuring the vehicle position is within a predetermined distance from the center of the intersection. The method of controlling a vehicle wiper device according to claim 10, comprising determining and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  12.  衛星から受信した信号に基づいて車両の現在位置を算出する車両位置測定を行うことをさらに含み、
     前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、前記車両位置測定を行うことにより算出した現在位置と地図情報とから所定地点へ向かうルートを設定するカーナビゲーションシステムにてルートを設定し、前記カーナビゲーションシステムから助手席側方向へ曲がる指示があった場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。
    Further comprising performing vehicle position measurement to calculate a current position of the vehicle based on a signal received from the satellite;
    The rotation of the second output shaft is started by setting a route in a car navigation system that sets a route from a current position calculated by measuring the vehicle position and map information to a predetermined point, and When there is an instruction to turn in the direction of the passenger seat from the navigation system, it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured, and includes changing the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade, The method for controlling a vehicle wiper device according to claim 10.
  13.  前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の方向指示器スイッチから入力された信号が車両が助手席側に曲がることを示した場合に助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。 Starting the rotation of the second output shaft is a state in which a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when the signal input from the vehicle direction indicator switch indicates that the vehicle bends to the passenger seat side. The method for controlling the wiper device for a vehicle according to claim 10, further comprising: determining that there is a change and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  14.  前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の操舵角センサによって検知された車両の助手席側への舵角が閾値以上の場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。 Starting the rotation of the second output shaft is a state where a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured when the steering angle of the vehicle toward the passenger seat detected by the vehicle steering angle sensor is equal to or greater than a threshold value. The method for controlling the wiper device for a vehicle according to claim 10, further comprising: determining that there is a change and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  15.  前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、車両の前方の画像から道路の輪郭を抽出し、該抽出した輪郭が助手席側への屈曲を示した場合に、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。 Starting the rotation of the second output shaft is to extract a road contour from an image ahead of the vehicle, and when the extracted contour indicates bending toward the passenger seat side, a wide field of view on the passenger seat side is obtained. The method of controlling a vehicle wiper device according to claim 10, further comprising: determining that the state is to be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  16.  車両の速度を検知する車速検知を行うことをさらに含み、
     前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定され、かつ前記車速検知を行うことにより検知した車両の速度が閾値速度以上の場合に、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10~15のいずれか1項記載の車両ワイパ装置の制御方法。
    Further comprising vehicle speed detection for detecting the speed of the vehicle,
    Starting rotation of the second output shaft is determined when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and the vehicle speed detected by performing the vehicle speed detection is equal to or higher than a threshold speed. The vehicle wiper apparatus control method according to any one of claims 10 to 15, further comprising changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
  17.  前記ワイパアームに設けられたノズルから洗浄液を噴射させる洗浄液噴射を行うことをさらに含み、
     前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態であると判定された場合に、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更すると共に前記洗浄液噴射を実行させることを含む、請求項10~15のいずれか1項記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。
    Further comprising performing a cleaning liquid injection for injecting a cleaning liquid from a nozzle provided in the wiper arm,
    Initiating the rotation of the second output shaft changes the wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade and determines the ejection of the cleaning liquid when it is determined that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured. The method for controlling a wiper device for a vehicle according to any one of claims 10 to 15, further comprising:
  18.  前記第2出力軸の回転を開始させることは、前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に設けられた撮影部が取得した前記ウィンドシールドの画像データと、前記ウィンドシールドの車室内側の助手席側上部に設けられ、前記ウィンドシールドに赤外線を照射し、赤外線の反射量または透過量に基づいて前記ウィンドシールドの表面の付着物を検知する光学検知部の検知結果と、に基づいて、助手席側の広い視界を確保すべき状態と判定し、前記ワイパブレードによる前記ウィンドシールドの払拭範囲を変更することを含む、請求項10記載の車両用ワイパ装置の制御方法。 The rotation of the second output shaft is started by the image data of the windshield acquired by the photographing unit provided at the upper part of the passenger seat on the passenger compartment side of the windshield, and on the passenger compartment side of the windshield. Based on the detection result of the optical detection unit that is provided at the upper part on the passenger seat side, irradiates the windshield with infrared rays, and detects deposits on the surface of the windshield based on the amount of reflected or transmitted infrared rays, 11. The method of controlling a vehicle wiper device according to claim 10, further comprising: determining that a wide field of view on the passenger seat side should be secured and changing a wiping range of the windshield by the wiper blade.
PCT/JP2017/001478 2016-01-19 2017-01-18 Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device WO2017126526A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE112017000420.9T DE112017000420T5 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-01-18 A vehicle wiper device and method for controlling a vehicle wiper device
US16/070,529 US10525938B2 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-01-18 Vehicle wiper device and vehicle wiper device control method
CN201780006888.1A CN108473110B (en) 2016-01-19 2017-01-18 Wiper device for vehicle and control method for wiper device for vehicle

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-008053 2016-01-19
JP2016008053 2016-01-19
JP2016194923A JP6790688B2 (en) 2016-01-19 2016-09-30 Vehicle wiper device and control method of vehicle wiper device
JP2016-194923 2016-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017126526A1 true WO2017126526A1 (en) 2017-07-27

Family

ID=59361786

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/001478 WO2017126526A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-01-18 Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017126526A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107554485A (en) * 2017-07-18 2018-01-09 上海禹点电子科技有限公司 Windshield occlusion area wipes control system and method
US11420594B2 (en) 2017-08-28 2022-08-23 Rosemount Aerospace Inc. Configurable variable sweep variable speed wiper system

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4636568B1 (en) * 1966-12-02 1971-10-27
JPS474247B1 (en) * 1967-11-30 1972-02-05
GB2227926A (en) * 1989-02-10 1990-08-15 Delco Prod Overseas Windscreen wiper assembly
JPH03136956A (en) * 1989-10-23 1991-06-11 Asmo Co Ltd Wiper for vehicle
JPH03262762A (en) * 1990-03-12 1991-11-22 Asmo Co Ltd Wiper for vehicle
JP2000095067A (en) * 1998-09-22 2000-04-04 Denso Corp Wiper device
JP2001106031A (en) * 1999-10-06 2001-04-17 Jidosha Denki Kogyo Co Ltd Wiper device
JP2005206032A (en) * 2004-01-22 2005-08-04 Mitsuba Corp Wiper device for vehicle
JP2010264931A (en) * 2009-05-18 2010-11-25 Mitsuba Corp Wiper device for vehicle
WO2016203906A1 (en) * 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 アスモ 株式会社 Vehicular wiper device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4636568B1 (en) * 1966-12-02 1971-10-27
JPS474247B1 (en) * 1967-11-30 1972-02-05
GB2227926A (en) * 1989-02-10 1990-08-15 Delco Prod Overseas Windscreen wiper assembly
JPH03136956A (en) * 1989-10-23 1991-06-11 Asmo Co Ltd Wiper for vehicle
JPH03262762A (en) * 1990-03-12 1991-11-22 Asmo Co Ltd Wiper for vehicle
JP2000095067A (en) * 1998-09-22 2000-04-04 Denso Corp Wiper device
JP2001106031A (en) * 1999-10-06 2001-04-17 Jidosha Denki Kogyo Co Ltd Wiper device
JP2005206032A (en) * 2004-01-22 2005-08-04 Mitsuba Corp Wiper device for vehicle
JP2010264931A (en) * 2009-05-18 2010-11-25 Mitsuba Corp Wiper device for vehicle
WO2016203906A1 (en) * 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 アスモ 株式会社 Vehicular wiper device

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107554485A (en) * 2017-07-18 2018-01-09 上海禹点电子科技有限公司 Windshield occlusion area wipes control system and method
CN107554485B (en) * 2017-07-18 2019-05-31 上海禹点电子科技有限公司 Windshield occlusion area wipes control system and method
US11420594B2 (en) 2017-08-28 2022-08-23 Rosemount Aerospace Inc. Configurable variable sweep variable speed wiper system
EP3450267B1 (en) * 2017-08-28 2022-09-28 Rosemount Aerospace Inc. Configurable variable sweep variable speed wiper system
US11807196B2 (en) 2017-08-28 2023-11-07 Rosemount Aerospace Inc. Configurable variable sweep variable speed wiper system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6790688B2 (en) Vehicle wiper device and control method of vehicle wiper device
JP6962038B2 (en) Vehicle cleaning system
WO2017126526A1 (en) Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device
WO2018110328A1 (en) Vehicular wiper device and control method for vehicular wiper device
JP2019018683A (en) Vehicle wiper device
JP6891683B2 (en) Vehicle wiper device
JP2019018614A (en) Vehicular wiper device
JP6801678B2 (en) Vehicle wiper device and control method of vehicle wiper device
WO2017122825A1 (en) Wiper device and method for controlling wiper device
WO2018079248A1 (en) Vehicular wiper device and method for controlling vehicular wiper device
JP6724376B2 (en) Wiping range variable wiper device and control method of wiping range variable wiper device
WO2017122826A1 (en) Vehicle wiper device and vehicle wiper control method
JP6665680B2 (en) Wiping range expanding wiper device and method of controlling wiping range expanding wiper device
JP6922484B2 (en) Vehicle wiper device and vehicle wiper device control method
JP6724469B2 (en) Wiping range variable wiper device and control method of wiping range variable wiper device
JP2018095044A (en) Vehicle wiper device and control method for vehicle wiper device
JP6724382B2 (en) Wiping range variable wiper device and control method of wiping range variable wiper device
WO2017164182A1 (en) Vehicle wiper device and method for controlling vehicle wiper device
JP6891679B2 (en) Vehicle wiper device
WO2017183560A1 (en) Vehicular wiper device and method for controlling vehicular wiper device
JP6769081B2 (en) Control method of wiper range expansion wiper device and wiper range expansion wiper device
JP2018095045A (en) Vehicle wiper device and control method of vehicle wiper device
JP2017159800A (en) Wiping range expansion wiper device and method for controlling wiping range expansion wiper device
JP2017065437A (en) Wiper device for vehicle glass pane

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17741403

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 112017000420

Country of ref document: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17741403

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1